001-022 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 1
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Bravo.
We have written this handbook to help you get to know all your new Fiat Bravo features and use it in the best possible way.
You should read it right through before taking the road for the first time.
You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your car to help you derive the maximum from your
Fiat Bravo technological features.
You are recommended to read carefully the warnings and indications, marked with the respective symbols, at the end of the page:
personal safety;
the car’s wellbeing;
environmental protection.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its Customers:
❒ the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity
❒ the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers.
Best regards and good motoring!
This Owner Handbook describes all Fiat Bravo versions.
As a consequence, you should consider only the information which is related to the engine
and bodywork version of the car you purchased.
001-022 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 2
MUST BE READ!
REFUELLING
K
Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95 conforming to the European specification EN 228.
Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590. Using other products
or mixtures may damage the engine beyond repair and cause the forfeiture of the warranty cover for caused damages as a consequence.
ENGINE STARTING
Petrol engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral; fully depress the clutch
without pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
Diesel engines: turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the warning lights Y (or symbol on display) and m
to go off; turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL
While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pine needles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.
RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
The car is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated with emissions to ensure better respect for the environment.
001-022 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 3
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), visit a Fiat
Dealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car’s electric system can support the required load.
CODE card
Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car. The code card shall be used for requesting additional keys.
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety features, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.
THE OWNER’S MANUAL CONTAINS…
… information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your car, and its maintenance. Pay
particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) ! (the car’s wellbeing).
쇵
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-022 BRAVO GB
4
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 4
DASHBOARD AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD ........................................................................
INSTRUMENT PANEL .........................................................
SYMBOLS .................................................................................
THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM ...................................................
THE KEYS ................................................................................
ALARM .....................................................................................
IGNITION DEVICE................................................................
INSTRUMENTS .......................................................................
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY .............................................
RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY......
TRIP COMPUTER .................................................................
SEATS ........................................................................................
HEAD RESTRAINTS ..............................................................
STEERING WHEEL ...............................................................
REARVIEW MIRRORS...........................................................
HEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ....................
HEATING AND VENTILATION .......................................
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ....................
AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .........................................
EXTERNAL LIGHTS ..............................................................
WINDOW WASHING.........................................................
CRUISE CONTROL .............................................................
5
6
8
8
10
16
19
20
22
23
35
37
39
40
40
42
44
46
49
55
57
61
CEILING LIGHTS....................................................................
63
CONTROLS.............................................................................
65
INTERIOR FITTINGS ............................................................
67
SUNROOF................................................................................
72
DOORS ....................................................................................
75
POWER WINDOWS ...........................................................
77
BOOT ........................................................................................
79
BONNET ..................................................................................
83
ROOF RACK/SKI RACK .....................................................
84
HEADLIGHTS..........................................................................
85
ABS SYSTEM ...........................................................................
86
ESP SYSTEM ............................................................................
88
EOBD SYSTEM .......................................................................
91
SOUND SYSTEM....................................................................
92
INSTALLATION OF
ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC DEVICES .................................
93
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER
STEERING SYSTEM ..............................................................
94
TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
(T.P.M.S.) ...................................................................................
96
PARKING SENSORS ............................................................
99
AT THE FILLING STATION ..............................................
102
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ............................
103
001-022 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 5
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
1. Side window air vent - 2. Adjustable and swivel air vent - 3. External light stalk - 4. Instrument panel - 5. Windscreen/rear window wiper/trip computer stalk - 6. Adjustable and swivel air vents - 7. Hazard light switch - 8. Front passenger air bag - 9. Glovebox - 10. Set of switches for front/rear fog lights and menu opening/setting - 11. Sound system controls - 12. Controls for heating/ventilation/climate control - 13. Electric power steering/ASR system on/off switch unit (where fitted)/front parking sensors/boot
opening (where fitted) - 14. Ignition key and ignition device - 15. Driver’s knees air bag (where provided) - 16. Driver’s air bag 17. Steering wheel locking/release stalk - 18. Fusebox access door - 19. Bonnet opening lever
INDEX
F0Q0639m
fig. 1
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.
5
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 6
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Versions with multifunction display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-022 BRAVO GB
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
D Rev counter
E Multifunction display.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
m c Warning lights fitted on diesel
versions only
F0Q0604m
On diesel versions the rev
counter end scale value is 6000
rpm.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 2
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
Sport versions with multifunction
display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
D Rev counter
E Multifunction display.
F0Q0605m
fig. 3
6
m c Warning lights fitted on diesel
versions only
On diesel versions the rev
counter end scale value is 6000
rpm.
Pagina 7
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
8:57
Versions with reconfigurable
multifunction display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
SAFETY
DEVICES
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
D Rev counter
E Reconfigurable multifunction display.
m c Warning lights fitted on diesel
versions only
fig. 4
IN AN
EMERGENCY
On diesel versions the rev
counter end scale value is 6000
rpm.
F0Q0612m
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
Sport versions with reconfigurable
multifunction display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
D Rev counter
E Reconfigurable multifunction display.
m c Warning lights fitted on diesel
versions only
On diesel versions the rev
counter end scale value is 6000
rpm.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
10-05-2007
F0Q0613m
INDEX
001-022 BRAVO GB
fig. 5
7
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-022 BRAVO GB
8
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 8
SYMBOLS
THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM
Special coloured labels have been attached
near or actually on some of the components of your car. These labels bear symbols that remind you of the precautions
to be taken as regards that particular component.
To further protect you car from theft, it
has been fitted with an engine immobilising system. This system is automatically activated when the ignition key is removed.
The plate summarising the symbols used
can be found under the bonnet fig. 6.
fig. 6
F0Q0640m
An electronic device, in fact, is fitted in
each ignition key grip. The device transmits a radio-frequency signal when the engine is started through a special aerial built
into the ignition switch. The modulate signal, which changes each time the engine is
started, is the “password” by means of
which the control unit recognises the key
and enables to start the engine.
Each time the ignition key is turned to
STOP, the Fiat CODE system deactivates
the functions of the engine electronic control unit.
If the code has not been recognised correctly, the instrument panel warning light
Y (or symbol on display) will turn on.
In this case, the key should be moved to
the STOP position and then back to
MAR; if the lock continues, possibly try
again with the other key provided with the
car. If it is still not possible to start the car
contact a Fiat Dealership.
Warning light Y (or symbol on
display) coming on when driving
❒ If the warning light Y (or symbol on
display) turns on, this means that the
system is running a self-test (for example for a voltage drop).
❒ If the warning light Y (or symbol on
display) continues to stay on, contact
a Fiat Dealership.
The electronic components inside the key may be damaged
if the key is submitted to sharp
knocks.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The code is sent only if the Fiat CODE
system control unit has recognised the
code transmitted from the key.
IMPORTANT Every key has its own code,
which must be memorised by the system
control unit. To memorise new keys, up
to a maximum of eight, apply solely to Fiat Dealership taking with you the CODE
card and the keys, a personal identity document and the car’s ownership documents. The codes of the keys not provided during the new memorising procedure
are erased from the memory. This is to
ensure that any lost or stolen keys can no
longer be used to start the car.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Each time the car is started turning the ignition key to MAR, the Fiat CODE system control unit sends a recognition code
to the engine control unit to deactivate
the inhibitor.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
OPERATION
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 9
IN AN
EMERGENCY
8:57
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
001-022 BRAVO GB
9
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 10
THE KEYS
Together with the keys you will receive
the CODE card fig. 7 to be presented to
Fiat Dealership when requesting additional
keys.
IMPORTANT In order to ensure perfect
efficiency of the electronic devices contained inside the keys, they should never
be exposed to direct sunlight.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
CODE CARD
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-022 BRAVO GB
10
fig. 7
F0Q0001m
All the keys and the CODE
card must be handed over to
the new owner when selling
the car.
fig. 8
F0Q0034m
KEY WITHOUT REMOTE
CONTROL (where provided)
The key is fitted with a metal insert
A-fig. 8, operating:
❒ the ignition switch
❒ doors and tailgate locks
❒ the fuel lid locking/unlocking (on versions featuring fuel filler cap with lock)
❒ the safe lock device (only disengagement - where provided)
fig. 9
F0Q0327m
KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROL
The key is fitted with a metal insert
A-fig. 9, operating:
❒ the ignition switch
❒ doors and tailgate locks
❒ the fuel lid locking/unlocking
❒ the safe lock device (only disengagement - where provided)
To refit the metal insert into the key grip,
keep button B pressed and turn the metal insert in the direction shown by the arrow until hearing the click as it locks into
place. Then release button B. Led C
(where provided) comes on when sending the control to the alarm system receiver. To know the operating logics of
the key with remote control and every
possible and modifiable setting, see paragraph “Alarm” in this section.
WARNING
Button B-fig. 9 should only
be pressed when the key is
away from the body, in particular
from the eyes and from objects that
can be spoilt (e.g. clothes). Make sure
the key can never be touched by others, especially children, who may inadvertently press the button.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Button R for remote opening of the tailgate. Button B for power-assisted opening of the metal insert A.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Button Á for remote locking of doors and
tailgate.
If locking button Á is inadvertently pressed from the passenger compartment, when
getting out of the car only the doors
being used will unlock; the tailgate will
stay locked. To realign the system,
press again the locking/unlocking buttons Á / Ë.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Button Ë for remote unlocking of doors
and tailgate.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 11
IN AN
EMERGENCY
8:57
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
001-022 BRAVO GB
11
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 12
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-022 BRAVO GB
Closing the doors and the tailgate
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
Briefly press button Á for remote locking of doors and tailgate and simultaneous
alarm (where provided) activation, switching off of the internal ceiling lights and single flashing of direction indicators.
12
fig. 10
F0Q0408m
Opening the doors and the tailgate
Briefly press button Ë for remote unlocking of doors and tailgate and simultaneous alarm (where provided) deactivation, timed switching on of the internal
ceiling lights and double flashing of direction indicators (for versions/markets
where applicable).
Press button Ë for more than 2 seconds
to open the windows.
Doors will be unlocked automatically if the
fuel inertial cut-off switch comes into operation.
Press button Á for more than 2 seconds
to close the windows. If the button is
briefly pressed twice, the safe lock device
(where provided) is activated (see next
paragraph “Safe lock device”).
If one or more doors are open, locking
will not be activated and the central panel led A-fig. 11 and direction indicators
will flash rapidly. If only the tailgate is open
the doors will lock.
Opening the tailgate by the
remote control
Press button R to open the tailgate by
remote control even if the alarm (where
provided) is on.
Opening the tailgate is accompanied by the
direction indicators flashing twice; closing is accompanied by a single flash only if
the alarm is on.
Opening the tailgate (with alarm on) will
obtain the deactivation of boot volumetric protection and perimetral sensor.
Closing the tailgate will reactivate boot
volumetric protection and perimetral sensor.
fig. 11
F0Q0742m
Leds on central panel
When locking the doors, led A-fig. 11
switches on for about 3 seconds and than
starts flashing (deterrence function).
Once doors are locked, if one or more
doors or the tailgate are not closed correctly, the led and direction indicators
start flashing quickly.
fig. 12
F0Q0037m
Replacing the battery of the
key with remote control
If, when pressing button Ë, Á, or R, the
led F-fig. 12 (where provided) on the key
flashes briefly only once, the battery
should be replaced with an equivalent one
that can be purchased at common stores.
Battery replacement:
❒ press button A and open the metal insert B;
❒ turn the screw C to : using a fine bit
screwdriver;
❒ take out the battery case D and replace
the battery E making sure that the bias
is correct;
❒ re-insert the battery holder D in the
key and lock it turning the screw C to
;.
Used batteries are harmful to
the environment. They should
be disposed of as specified by
law in the special containers
provided, or take them to a Fiat Dealership, which will deal with their disposal.
SAFETY
DEVICES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The system can recognise up to 8 remote
controls. Should a new remote control be
necessary, contact a Fiat Dealership, taking with you the CODE card, a personal
identity document and the car’s ownership documents.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Request for additional remote
controls
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 13
IN AN
EMERGENCY
8:57
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
001-022 BRAVO GB
13
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 14
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-022 BRAVO GB
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
Once the safe lock device
has been actuated, doors
cannot be opened from inside the car
in any way whatsoever. For this reason, make sure there are no persons
left inside the car.
14
fig. 13
F0Q0641m
SAFE LOCK DEVICE
(where provided)
This safety device enables to inhibit:
❒ door internal handles;
❒ button fig. 13 for locking/unlocking the
doors, placed on the central panel;
thus hindering doors opening from inside
the passenger’s compartment in case of
attempt to break-into (e.g. window breaking).
The safe lock device guarantees the best
protection against unwanted access.
Therefore, it should be actuated every
time the car is parked and left unattended.
WARNING
If the battery of the key with
remote control is down, the
safe lock device can only be activated through the metal insert of the key
in the revolving plugs of the doors as
described previously: in this case the
safe lock device is active only on the
rear doors.
Device activation
The device is automatically activated on
every door by pressing twice button Á on
the key with remote control.
Device activation is signalled by three
flashes of the direction indicators and
flashing of the door-lock button led on the
dashboard (see table on next page).
If one of the doors is not perfectly closed,
the dead lock device will not activate, thus
preventing that a person getting into the
car from the open door remains blocked
inside the passenger’s compartment when
she/he closes the door.
Device deactivation
The device is deactivated automatically on
every door in the following cases:
❒ when unlocking the doors;
❒ when turning the ignition key to MAR.
The main functions that can be activated with the keys (with or without remote control) are the following:
Key with
remote
control
Window
closing
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Tailgate
opening
SAFETY
DEVICES
Key turning
clockwise
(driver side) or
counterclockwise
(passenger side)
(where provided)
Key turning
counterclockwise
(driver side) or
clockwise
Key turning
clockwise
(driver side) or
counterclockwise
Pressing briefly
button Ë
Pressing briefly
button Á
Prolonged pressing Prolonged pressing
(> 2 seconds) on
(> 2 seconds) on
button Á
button Ë
1 flashing
2 flashings
Turned on fixed for
approx. 3 seconds
followed by deterrence led flashing
Turning off
deterrence led
Deterrence led
turning off
Safe lock
(where
provided)
Window
opening
Key turning
counterclockwise
(driver side) or
clockwise
(passenger side)
(where provided)
Direction
2 flashings
indicators
flashing
(only with key
with remote
control)
Led on
central
dashboard
Door
closing
Double pressing
on button Á
Press
button R
1 flashing
3 flashings
2 flashings
Deterrence led
flashing
Double flashing
and then
deterrence led
flashing
Deterrent led
flashing
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Key without
remote
control
(where
provided)
Door
opening
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Type
of key
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 15
IN AN
EMERGENCY
8:57
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
001-022 BRAVO GB
15
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-022 BRAVO GB
16
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 16
ALARM
(where provided)
WHEN THE ALARM
IS TRIGGERED
The alarm function is provided in addition
to all remote control functions previously described and it is controlled by the receiver located under the dashboard, next
to the fuse box.
❒ unlawful opening of one of the doors,
bonnet or boot (perimetral protection);
The alarm comes into action in the following cases:
❒ attempt to start the engine (turning the
ignition key to MAR);
❒ battery cable cutting;
❒ presence of moving bodies in the passenger’s compartment (volumetric protection);
❒ abnormal raising/sloping of the car.
Depending on the markets, the cutting in
of the alarm causes operation of the siren
and direction indicators (for about 26 seconds). The ways of operating and the number of cycles may vary depending on the
markets.
A maximum number of sound/sight cycles
is however envisaged.
The volume sensing and anti-lift protections may be turned off by operating the
control on the front courtesy light (see
“Volume-sensing/anti-lift protection” paragraph).
IMPORTANT The engine immobiliser
function is guaranteed by the Fiat CODE
system, which is automatically activated
when the ignition key is removed.
Engagement of the alarm is preceded by
a self-diagnostic test. If a fault is detected
the system sounds a further warning
“beep” and the display shows the relevant
message (see section “Warning lights and
messages”).
The system will react as follows (with the
exception of certain markets):
❒ two brief flashes of the direction indicators;
fig. 14
F0Q0335m
If the doors, bonnet and boot are shut
correctly and the control signal is repeated, the system self-diagnostics has detected a system operating fault. It is therefore necessary to contact Fiat Dealership.
In this case, switch the alarm system off by
pressing button Ë, check that the doors,
bonnet and tailgate are properly shut, then
switch the alarm on again by pressing button Á.
IMPORTANT When operating the central door locking with the metal insert Afig. 14 of the key, the alarm is not activated.
Otherwise, the door, bonnet or tailgate
that is not shut properly will be excluded
from the alarm system control.
IMPORTANT The electronic alarm is built
in compliance with the law and regulations
of the different countries.
❒ two brief “beeps”;
❒ door unlocking.
IMPORTANT Operating the central door
locking with the metal insert of the key
will not deactivate the alarm.
SAFETY
DEVICES
With the exception of certain markets,
the system sounds a “beep” and the doors
are locked.
Press button Ë of the key with remote
control.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
With the doors, bonnet and boot shut and
the ignition key in the STOP position or
with the key removed, point the key with
remote control in the direction of the car,
then press and release the button Á.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
HOW TO DEACTIVATE
THE ALARM
HOW TO ACTIVATE THE ALARM
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 17
IN AN
EMERGENCY
8:57
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
001-022 BRAVO GB
17
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-022 BRAVO GB
18
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 18
VOLUME-SENSING/
ANTI-LIFT PROTECTION
HOW TO CUT OFF
THE ALARM SYSTEM
To ensure correct operation of the protection, it is advisable to fully close the side
windows and sun-roof (where fitted).
To deactivate the alarm system completely (for instance during prolonged inactivity of the car) simply lock the car
turning the metal insert of the key with remote control in the lock.
If necessary, the function may be turned
off (e.g. if animals are left in the car) by
pressing key A-fig. 15, located on the
front courtesy light before activating the
alarm.
Function deactivation is indicated by the
led located on the key flashing for a few
seconds. If the volume-sensing/anti-lift
protection is turned off, this must be repeated whenever the instrument panel is
turned off.
fig. 15
F0Q0752m
INDICATIONS OF ATTEMPTS
TO BREAK IN
Any attempt to break in is indicated by
warning light Y (or symbol on display)
on the instrument panel with the relevant
message on the display (see section
“Warning lights and messages”).
IMPORTANT To cut-out the electronic
alarm if remote control batteries are
down or the system is failing, fit the key
into the ignition switch and turn it to
MAR.
STEERING COLUMN LOCK
The key can be turned to 3 different positions fig. 16:
Engaging
When the key is at STOP remove the
key and turn the steering wheel until it
locks.
❒ STOP: engine off, key can be removed, steering column locked. Certain electrical devices (e.g.: sound system, central door locking, electronic
alarm, etc.) can work.
The ignition switch is fitted with a safety
mechanism that, in the event the engine is
not started, compels the driver to turn the
ignition key back to STOP before repeating the starting operation.
fig. 16
F0Q0642m
WARNING
If the ignition device is tampered with (e.g.: attempted
theft), have it checked over by a Fiat
Dealership before restarting to drive.
WARNING
When getting out of the car,
always remove the key to
prevent any occupants from accidentally activating the controls. Remember to engage the handbrake
and if the car is parked on uphill slope
to engage the first gear. If the car is
facing downhill, engage the reverse
gear. Never leave unsupervised children in the car.
Rock the steering wheel slightly as you
turn the ignition key to MAR.
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden to
carry out whatever aftermarket operation involving steering
system or steering column modifications (e.g.: installation of anti-theft
device) that could badly affect performance and safety, cause the lapse
of warranty and also result in noncompliance of the car with homologation requirements.
WARNING
Never remove the ignition
key while the car is moving.
The steering wheel would automatically lock as soon as you try to turn
it. This also applies when the car is
being towed.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
❒ AVV: engine starting.
Disengaging
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
❒ MAR: driving position. All electrical
devices are powered.
SAFETY
DEVICES
IGNITION SWITCH
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 19
IN AN
EMERGENCY
8:57
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
001-022 BRAVO GB
19
10-05-2007
8:57
Pagina 20
INSTRUMENTS
Instrument background color and type
may vary according to the version.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
001-022 BRAVO GB
20
fig. 17
F0Q0606m
fig. 18
F0Q0607m
SPEEDOMETER fig. 17
REV. COUNTER fig. 18
It shows the car speed.
Rev counter shows engine rpm.
On diesel versions the rev counter end
scale value is 6000 rpm.
IMPORTANT The electronic injection
control system gradually shuts off the flow
of fuel when the engine is “over-revving”
resulting in a gradual loss of engine power.
When the engine is idling, the rev counter
may indicate a gradual or sudden speed increase. This is normal as it takes place during normal operation, for example when
activating the climate control system or
the fan. In particular a slow change in the
speed preserves the battery charge.
E - tank empty.
F - tank full (see contents of “At the filling
station” paragraph in this chapter).
fig. 19
Do not travel with the tank almost empty because the catalytic converter could
become damaged.
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
IMPORTANT The needle sets to E with
warning light A flashing to indicate that the
system is failing. In this event contact Fiat
Dealership to have the system checked.
This shows the temperature of the engine
coolant fluid and begins working when the
fluid temperature exceeds approx. 50°C.
F0Q0608m
Under normal conditions, the needle
should move to different positions of the
scale according to the conditions of use
of the car.
C - Low engine coolant temperature.
H - High engine coolant temperature.
If the needle reaches the red
area, stop the engine immediately and contact a Fiat Dealership.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The reserve warning light A-fig. 19 turns
on to indicate that approx. 8-10 litres of
fuel are left in the tank.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The turning on of the warning light B-fig.
19 (together with the message shown on
the display) indicates that the coolant fluid temperature is too high; in this case,
stop the engine and contact a Fiat Dealership.
This shows the amount of fuel left in the
fuel tank.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 21
IN AN
EMERGENCY
8:57
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
001-022 BRAVO GB
21
Pagina 22
MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY
(where provided)
Your car is fitted with the multifunction
display that shows all the useful information necessary when driving.
INFORMATION ON
“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 20
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
8:57
SAFETY
DEVICES
10-05-2007
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
001-022 BRAVO GB
22
The standard screen shows the following
indications:
A Date
B Dualdrive electric power steering engagement, if any
C Sport function indication (where provided)
fig. 20
F0Q3245g
CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 21
Õ To scroll the display and the related
options upwards or to increase the
value displayed.
MODE Brief press to open the menu
and/or to move to next screen or to confirm the option required.
D Clock
Long press to go back to the standard
screen.
E Odometer (covered km or miles)
Ô To scroll the display and the related op-
F Warning of ice on road
G External temperature
H Scheduled servicing
I Headlight aiming position (only with
dipped beam headlights on)
tions downwards or to decrease the
value displayed.
fig. 21
F0Q0643m
Note Buttons Õ and Ô activate different
functions according to the following situations:
– to scroll the menu options upwards and
downwards;
– to increase or to decrease values during
settings.
Note When opening one of the front
doors the display will show for a few seconds the clock and covered km or miles.
Pagina 23
The standard screen shows the following
indications:
SAFETY
DEVICES
F0Q3268g
Long press to go back to the standard
screen.
F Headlight aiming position (only with
dipped beam headlights on)
G External temperature
On 1.4 T-JET versions, selecting the menu
item “Engine info”, when turning start-up
key to MAR position, the display shows
engine oil pressure fig. 22a.
F0Q0643m
options upwards or to increase the
value displayed.
C Sport function indication (where provided)
E Indications about car conditions (e.g.:
doors open, or possible presence of ice
on road, etc. ...)
fig. 23
Õ To scroll the display and the related
B Date
D Odometer (covered km or miles)
F0Q0041m
CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 23
MODE Brief press to open the menu
and/or to move to next screen or to confirm the option required.
A Clock
fig. 22a
Ô To scroll the display and the related options downwards or to decrease the
value displayed.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
INFORMATION ON
“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 22
fig. 22
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
The car can be provided with the reconfigurable multifunction display that shows
useful information, according to the previous settings made, necessary when driving.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
RECONFIGURABLE
MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY
(where provided)
Note Buttons Õ and Ô activate different
functions according to the following situations:
– to scroll the menu options upwards and
downwards;
– to increase or to decrease values during
settings.
Note When opening one of the front
doors the display will show for a few seconds the clock and covered km or miles.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:05
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
023-036 BRAVO GB
23
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
023-036 BRAVO GB
24
10-05-2007
10:05
Pagina 24
SETUP MENU fig. 24-25
The menu comprises a series of functions
arranged in a “circular fashion” which can
be selected through buttons Õ and Ô to
access the different select operations and
settings (setup) given below. For certain
options (Set time and Units) there is a submenu.
The setup menu can be activated by pressing briefly button MODE.
Single presses on buttons Õ or Ô will
scroll the setup menu options. Handling
modes differ with each other according to
the characteristic of the option selected.
If the car is equipped with Connect Nav+,
the only functions that can be adjusted/set
through the instrument panel display are
the following: “Dimmer”, “Speed Beep”,
“Headl. sensor” (where provided), “Belt
buzzer” and “Passenger bag”. The other
functions are displayed by and can be adjusted/set through the Connect Nav+ system display.
Selecting an option in the main menu
without submenu:
Selecting an option in the main menu with
submenu:
– press briefly button MODE to select
the menu option to set;
– press briefly button MODE to display
the first submenu option;
– press buttons Õ or Ô (by single presses) to select the new setting;
– press buttons Õ or Ô (by single presses) to scroll all submenu options;
– press briefly button MODE to store the
new setting and to go back to the previously selected menu option.
– press briefly button MODE to select
the displayed submenu option and to enter the relevant setup menu;
– press buttons Õ or Ô (by single presses) to select the new setting;
– press briefly button MODE to store the
new setting and to go back to the previously selected submenu option.
Day
Example:
English
Nederlands
Français
Month
MODE
briefly press
button
Portugês
MODE
briefly press
button
PASSENGER AIRBAG
EXIT MENU
DIMMER
SERVICE
SPEED BEEP
BELT BUZZER
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Italiano
Español
Year
HEADL. SENSOR
BUTTON VOL.
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
Deutsch
Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from the standard screen.
To surf the menu use buttons Õ or Ô. Note For safety reasons, when
the car is running, it is possible to access only the reduced menu (for
setting “Dimmer” and “Speed Beep”). When the car is stationary access
to the whole menu is enabled. On cars provided with Connect Nav+
many functions are displayed on the navigator display.
TRIP B DATA
BUZZER VOLUME
SET TIME
SET DATE
LANGUAGE
UNITS
SAFETY
DEVICES
Versions with multifunction display
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 25
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
10:05
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
10-05-2007
SEE RADIO
AUTOCLOSE
INDEX
023-036 BRAVO GB
F0Q3253g
fig. 24
25
10-05-2007
10:05
Pagina 26
Versions with reconfigurable multifunction display
Day
Example:
English
Deutsch
Italiano
Nederlands
Español
Français
Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from the standard screen.
To surf the menu use buttons Õ or Ô. Note For safety reasons, when
the car is running, it is possible to access only the reduced menu (for
setting “Dimmer” and “Speed Beep”). When the car is stationary access
to the whole menu is enabled. On cars provided with Connect Nav+
many functions are displayed on the navigator display.
Year
Month
MODE
briefly press
button
Portugês
DIMMER
MODE
briefly press
button
EXIT MENU
SPEED BEEP
PASSENGER AIRBAG
HEADL. SENSOR
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
023-036 BRAVO GB
SERVICE
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
TRIP B DATA
BELT BUZZER
SET TIME
BUTTON VOL.
SET DATE/
ENGINE INFO (*)
SEE RADIO
INDEX
BUZZER VOLUME
F0Q3247g
LANGUAGE
AUTOCLOSE
UNITS
fig. 25
26
(*) Turbo versions
To adjust brightness proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, the previously set level will flash on the display;
– press button Õ or Ô to adjust the
brightness level;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
With this function it is possible to set the
car speed limit (km/h or mph); when this
limit is exceeded the driver is immediately alerted (see section “Warning lights and
messages”).
– briefly press button MODE: (On) will
flash on the display;
To set the speed limit, proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, the display
will show wording (Speed Beep);
– press button Õ or Ô to select activation (On) or deactivation (Off) of the
speed limit;
– if selecting (On), press button Õ or Ô
to select the required speed limit and then
press MODE to confirm.
Note The possible setting is between 30
and 200 km/h, or between 20 and 125
mph depending on the unit set previously (see “Distance unit (Dist. Unit)” paragraph described later. Every press on button Õ/Ô increases/decreases by 5 units.
Keeping the button Õ/Ô pressed obtains
the automatic fast increase or decrease.
When you are near the required setting
complete adjustment by single presses.
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
– press button Ô: (Off) will flash on the
display;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
SAFETY
DEVICES
To cancel the setting, proceed as follows:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
With this function it is possible to adjust
brightness of the instrument panel and of
buttons and controls of sound system and
automatic climate control system (where
provided) according to 8 levels (with
side/taillights on).
Speed Beep (Speed limit)
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Dimmer (Passenger compartment
control light rheostat)
(only with side/taillights on)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 27
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:05
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
023-036 BRAVO GB
27
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
023-036 BRAVO GB
28
10-05-2007
10:05
Pagina 28
Headl. sensor
(Automatic headlight sensor
sensitivity adjustment)
(where provided)
Trip B data (Trip On/Off)
Set time (Setting the clock)
Through this option it is possible to activate (On) or deactivate (Off) the Trip B
(partial trip).
With this function it is possible to adjust
the light sensor sensitivity according to 3
levels (level 1 = min. level, level 2 = average level, level 3 = max. level); the higher the sensitivity is, the lower is the external light intensity required to switch on
the lights.
For further information see “Trip computer”.
This function enables to set the clock
through two sub-menus: “Time” and
“Mode”.
Proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE, the display
will show the two submenus “Time” and
“Mode”;
– press button Õ or Ô to scroll the two
submenus;
– select the required submenu and then
press briefly MODE;
– if selecting “Time”: briefly press button
MODE, “hours” will flash on the display;
– press button Õ or Ô for setting;
– press button MODE, “minutes” will
flash on the display;
– press button Õ or Ô for setting.
To set the light level required, proceed as
follows:
– briefly press button MODE, the previously set level will flash on the display;
– press button Õ or Ô to select the required level;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
For activation / deactivation, proceed as
follows:
– briefly press button MODE: On or Off
will flash on the display according to previous setting;
– press button Õ or Ô to select the required level;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
– press again button MODE for long to
go back to the standard screen or to the
main menu according to the current menu
level.
To correct the date proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: “year” will
flash on the display;
Engine oil information
(Engine info) (where provided)
You can display engine oil information
(pressure) in place of the date. Follow the
instructions below to turn on/off engine
oil information display:
– press button Õ or Ô for setting;
– briefly press button MODE: on the display you will see “Engine info repetition”;
– briefly press button MODE: “month”
will flash on the display;
– press button Õ or Ô and select “ON”
to turn on or “OFF” to turn off;
– press button Õ or Ô for setting;
– briefly press button MODE in order to
return to the menu screen or keep the
pushbutton pressed in order to return to
the standard screen without memorizing.
– briefly press button MODE: “day” will
flash on the display;
– press button Õ or Ô for setting.
Note Every press on button Õ or Ô increases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping the
button pressed obtains automatic fast increase or decrease. When you are near
the required setting complete adjustment
by single presses.
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
Turn the ignition key on MAR, after the
initial check stage the multifunction display
that can be reconfigured, will show (if previously enabled) engine oil information.
SAFETY
DEVICES
After setting, briefly press button MODE
to go back to the submenu screen or
press the button for long to go back to the
main menu screen without storing settings.
This function enables to update the date
(day – month – year).
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Set date (Setting the date)
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Note Every press on button Õ or Ô increases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping the
button pressed obtains automatic fast increase or decrease. When you are near
the required setting complete adjustment
by single presses.
– if selecting “Mode”: briefly press button MODE, “24h” or “12h mode will
flash on the display;
– press button Õ or Ô to select “24h” or
“12h”.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 29
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:05
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
023-036 BRAVO GB
29
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
023-036 BRAVO GB
30
10-05-2007
10:05
Pagina 30
See radio (Audio repetition)
Autoclose (Automatic central
door locking when travelling)
Units (Setting units)
When activated (On), this function locks
automatically the doors when the car
speed exceeds 20 km/h.
With this function it is possible to set the
units through three submenus: “Distances”, “Consumption” and “Temperature”.
– audio CD, MP3 CD: track number;
To activate or to deactivate this function
proceed as follows:
To set the required unit proceed as follows:
– CD Changer: CD number and track
number;
– briefly press button MODE to display
the submenu;
– briefly press button MODE, the display
will show the three submenus;
To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off)
sound system info displaying proceed as
follows:
– briefly press button MODE: On or Off
will flash on the display according to previous setting;
– press button Õ or Ô to scroll the three
submenus;
With this function the display repeats information relevant to the sound system.
– Radio: selected radio station frequency
or RDS message, automatic tuning activation or AutoSTore;
– briefly press button MODE: On or Off
will flash on the display according to previous setting;
– press button Õ or Ô to select the required level;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
– press button Õ or Ô to select the required level;
– select the required submenu and then
press briefly button MODE;
– if selecting “Distances”: pressing button
MODE briefly, the display will show “km”
or “mi” according to previous setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings;
– press button Õ or Ô to select the required level;
– Press again button MODE for long to
go back to the standard screen or to the
main menu according to the current menu
level.
– if selecting “Consumption”: briefly press
button MODE the display will show
“km/l”, “l/100km” or “mpg” according to
previous setting;
If set unit is “mi” the display will show fuel consumption in “mpg”.
– press button Õ or Ô to select the required level;
To set the required language proceed as
follows:
– if selecting “Temperature”: pressing button MODE briefly, the display will show
“°C” or “°F” according to previous setting;
– briefly press button MODE: the previously set “language” will flash on the display;
– briefly press button MODE: the previously set volume “level” will flash on the
display;
– press button Õ or Ô to select the required level;
– press button Õ or Ô for setting;
– press button Õ or Ô to select the required level;
After setting, briefly press button MODE
to go back to the submenu screen or
press the button for long to go back to the
main menu screen without storing settings.
– press again button MODE for long to
go back to the standard screen or to the
main menu according to the current menu
level.
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
With this function the volume of the
buzzer accompanying any failure/warning
indication can be adjusted according to 8
levels.
To adjust the volume proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Buzzer volume
(Setting the buzzer volume)
Display messages can be shown (after setting) in different languages: Italian, German,
English, Spanish, French, Portuguese and
Dutch.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Language (Selecting the language)
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
If the distance unit set is “km” the fuel consumption unit will be displayed in km/l or
l/100km.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 31
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:05
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
023-036 BRAVO GB
31
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
023-036 BRAVO GB
32
10-05-2007
10:05
Pagina 32
Button vol.
(Adjusting the button volume)
With this function the volume of the
roger-beep accompanying the activation
of buttons MODE, Õ and Ô can be adjusted according to 8 levels.
To adjust the volume proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: the previously set volume “level” will flash on the
display;
– press button Õ or Ô for setting;
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
Belt Buzzer
(S.B.R. buzzer reactivation)
This function can be only displayed after
Fiat Dealership has deactivated the S.B.R.
system (see paragraph “S.B.R. system” in
section “Safety devices”).
Service (Scheduled Servicing)
Through this function it is possible to display information connected to proper car
servicing.
Proceed as follows:
– briefly press button MODE: service in
km or mi, according to previous setting,
will be displayed (see paragraph “Distance
unit”);
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
Note The “Service schedule” includes car
maintenance every 30,000 km (or 18,000
miles) or every year; this is shown automatically, with the ignition key at MAR,
starting from 2,000 km (or equivalent value in miles) or 30 days from this deadline
and it is shown again every 200 km (or
equivalent value in miles). Below 200 km
servicing indications are displayed more
frequently. Servicing indication will be displayed in km or mi according to previous
setting. When a programmed maintenance
interval (coupon) is near to come, turning
the ignition key to MAR, the display will
show the message “Service” followed by
the number of km/mi or days to go before
car servicing. Contact a Fiat Dealership to
carry out any service operation provided
by the “Service schedule” and to reset the
display.
– display will show the confirmation message;
– press buttons Õ or Ô to select (Yes)
(to confirm activation/deactivation) or
(No) (to abort);
– briefly press button MODE, to display
the confirmation message and to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings.
MODE
F0Q3266g
Õ
Ô
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
SAFETY
DEVICES
MODE
MODE
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Õ
Ô
– press button MODE and, after displaying of messages (Bag pass: Off) (to deactivate) or (Bag pass: On) (to activate) by
pressing buttons Õ and Ô, press again
button MODE;
Õ
Ô
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
MODE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Õ
Ô
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
Proceed as follows:
INDEX
This function shall be used to activate/deactivate the front passenger’s air bag.
F0Q3248g
Passenger’s Bag
(Front passenger’s air bag
and side bag, where provided,
activation/deactivation)
F0Q3250g
Pagina 33
F0Q3249g
10:05
F0Q3265g
10-05-2007
F0Q3267g
023-036 BRAVO GB
33
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
023-036 BRAVO GB
34
10-05-2007
10:06
Pagina 34
Exit Menu
TRIP COMPUTER
This is the last function that closes the circular setting cycle listed in the initial menu
screen.
“Trip A” shall be used to display the figures relating to:
General features
– Range
The “Trip computer” displays information
(with ignition key at MAR), relating to the
operating status of the car. This function
comprises two separate and independent
trips: “Trip A” and “Trip B” concerning
the “complete mission” of the car (journey).
– Trip distance
Briefly press button MODE to go back to
the standard screen without storing settings.
Press button Ô to return to the first menu
option (Speed Beep).
Both functions are resettable (reset - start
of new mission).
– Average consumption
– Instant consumption
– Average speed
– Travel time (driving time).
“Trip B” displays the figures relating to:
Values displayed
Average consumption
– Trip distance B
Range
– Average consumption B
This value shows the distance in km (or
mi) that the car can still cover before
needing fuel, assuming that driving conditions are kept unvaried. The display will
show “----” in the following cases:
This value shows the average consumption from the start of the new mission.
– value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi)
– car left parked with engine running for
long.
IMPORTANT The variation of the autonomy value can be influenced by different
factors: driving style (see what is described
in paragraph “Driving style” in the chapter “Start-up and driving”), type of route
(highways, urban, mountain, etc…), use
conditions of the car (load transported,
tire pressure, etc…). What was described
previously must be taken in consideration
when planning a trip.
Trip distance
This value shows the distance covered
from the start of the new mission.
Average speed
This value shows the car average speed as
a function of the overall time elapsed since
the start of the new mission.
Travel time
This value shows the time elapsed since
the start of the new mission.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Note “Trip B” function can be excluded
(see paragraph “Trip B On/Off”). “Range”
and “Instant consumption” cannot be reset.
Represents the indicative average of consumptions from the beginning of the new
mission.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
– Travel time B (driving time).
Instant consumption
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
– Average speed B
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 35
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:06
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
023-036 BRAVO GB
35
10:06
Pagina 36
New mission
Start of journey procedure
Reset can be:
With ignition key at MAR, press and keep
button TRIP pressed for over 2 seconds
to reset.
– “automatic” resetting, when the “trip
distance” reaches 9999,9 km or when the
“trip time” reaches 99.59 (99 hours and
59 minutes);
– “manual” resetting by the user, by pressing the relevant button;
fig. 26
F0Q0647m
The TRIP button, set on right steering
column stalk, shall be used (with ignition
key at MAR), to display and to reset the
previously described values to start a new
mission:
– short push to display the different values;
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
TRIP button fig. 26
IN AN
EMERGENCY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
10-05-2007
SAFETY
DEVICES
023-036 BRAVO GB
36
– long push to reset and then start a new
mission.
– after disconnecting/reconnecting the
battery.
IMPORTANT The reset operation in the
presence of the screens concerning the
“Trip A” makes it possible to reset only
the information associated with this function.
IMPORTANT The reset operation in the
presence of the screens concerning the
“Trip B” makes it possible to reset only
the information associated with this function.
Exit Trip
The TRIP function is quitted automatically after all values have been displayed or
by keeping button MODE pressed for
over 1 second.
Moving the seat backwards
or forwards
Lift the lever A (on the internal side of the
seat) and push the seat forwards or backwards: in driving position the arms should
rest on the rim of the steering wheel.
Seat height adjustment
Move repeatedly lever B upwards or
downwards to achieve the required
height.
IMPORTANT Adjustment must be carried out only seated in the seat.
fig. 27
F0Q0654m
Back rest angle adjustment
Turn the knob C.
Lumbar adjustment
(where provided)
To adjust, turn the knob D.
Only make adjustments when
the car is stationary.
Once you have released the
lever, check that the seat is
firmly locked in the runners by
trying to move it back and
forth. Failure to lock the seat in place
could result in the seat moving suddenly and the driver losing control of
the car.
SAFETY
DEVICES
MANUALLY ADJUSTABLE
FRONT SEATS fig. 27
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Fabric upholstery of your car
is purpose-made to withstand
common wear resulting from
normal use of the car. It is
however absolutely necessary to prevent hard and/or prolonged scratching/scraping caused by clothing accessories like metallic buckles, studs, “Velcro” fixings, etc. that stressing locally
the fabric could break yarns and damage the upholstery as a consequence.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
SEATS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 37
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:00
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
037-056 BRAVO GB
37
10-05-2007
9:00
Pagina 38
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-056 BRAVO GB
Seat adjustment controls are the
following:
Multifunction control A:
❒ to adjust height;
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ to move seat backwards or forwards.
38
Multifunction control B:
fig. 28
F0Q0601m
ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE
FRONT SEATS (where provided)
fig. 28
Adjustment is possible when the ignition
key is at MAR or within 1 minute with ignition key at STOP or removed.
When opening one of the front doors, it
is possible to adjust the seat on the side
of the door opened for about 3 minutes
or until closing the door.
❒ back rest angle adjustment;
❒ lumbar adjustment.
fig. 29
F0Q0013m
Seat warming (where provided)
fig. 29
With ignition key at MAR, press buttons
C to switch the seat warming on/off.
The led on the button will light up when
the function is on.
Pagina 39
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
HEAD RESTRAINTS
FRONT
On some versions, the front head restraints are equipped with an anti-whiplash
device, which is able to reduce the distance between the head and head restraint
in the case of rear impact, limiting damage
caused by whiplash.
If the front head restraint is anti-whiplash
type, the head restraint may move if pressure is exercised on the back-rest through
the torso or hand. This behaviour is typical of the system and should not treated
as a malfunction.
fig. 30
F0Q0655m
WARNING
Remember that the head restraints should be adjusted
to support the back of your head and
not your neck. Only in this position
do they exert their protective action.
WARNING
To optimise head restraint
protective action, adjust the
seat back upright and keep your head
as close as possible to the head restraint.
fig. 31
F0Q0656m
REAR
Car is can be equipped with two head
restraints for side seats and, according to
versions, also with a third head restraint
for the central seat.
To lift out head restraint: take it completely out from the seat back (position of
use) until hearing a click.
To bring it back to the original position
(non-use position): press button
A-fig. 31 and lower the head restraint
down into its seat.
IMPORTANT Rear seat passengers shall
always set the head restraints in the position of use.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
❒ to lower: press button A-fig. 30 and
lower the head restraint.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
❒ to raise: raise the head restraint until
hearing the locking click.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Head restraints are adjustable in height
and they lock automatically in the required
position.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:00
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
037-056 BRAVO GB
39
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-056 BRAVO GB
40
10-05-2007
9:00
Pagina 40
STEERING WHEEL
REARVIEW MIRRORS
The steering wheel can be adjusted both
axially and in height.
DRIVING MIRROR
Release the lever A-fig. 32 pulling it towards the steering wheel, then adjust it in
the most suitable position and lock it pushing the lever A fully forwards.
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden to
carry out whatever aftermarket operation involving steering
system or steering column modifications (e.g.: installation of anti-theft
device) that could badly affect performance and safety, cause the lapse
of warranty and also result in noncompliance of the car with homologation requirements.
WARNING
Any adjustment of the steering wheel position must be
carried out only with the car stationary and the engine turned off.
fig. 32
F0Q0657m
fig. 33
F0Q0659m
The mirror is fitted with a safety device
that causes it to be released in the event
of a violent crash.
Using lever A-fig. 33 the mirror can be
adjusted to two different positions: normal or antiglare.
10-05-2007
9:00
Pagina 41
F0Q0425m
DOOR MIRRORS
Electrical adjustment
Electric folding (where provided)
Manual folding
This operation is only possible with ignition key at MAR.
This operation is only possible with ignition key at MAR.
Proceed as follows:
❒ set selector A-fig. 36 to home position
(no mirror selected);
❒ to fold the mirror move the joystick
B-fig. 36 in side directions;
❒ to bring mirrors back to driving position press the joystick B again.
When required (for example when the
mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)
it is possible to fold the mirror moving it
from position A-fig. 34 to position B.
Proceed as follows:
❒ use switch A-fig. 35 to select the mirror required (left or right);
❒ to adjust the mirror move the joystick
B in the four directions.
When driving the mirrors shall
always be in position A-fig. 34.
As the driver’s door mirror is
curved, it may slightly alter the
perception of distance.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
fig. 36
IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0Q0623m
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
fig. 35
INDEX
F0Q00658m
fig. 34
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-056 BRAVO GB
41
10-05-2007
9:00
Pagina 42
HEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
F0Q0668m
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-056 BRAVO GB
42
fig. 37
1. Upper fixed vent for defrosting or demisting windscreen - 2. Centre adjustable vent -3. Fixed vents for defrosting or demisting
side windows - 4. Side adjustable and swivel vents - 5. Lower vents - 6. Rear adjustable and swivel outlet - 7. Rear feet area fixed
vents.
10-05-2007
9:00
Pagina 43
B - Air flow adjusting controls:
ç = completely closed
O = completely open.
A - Controls for directing air flow
(up/down, right/left).
B - Air flow adjusting control:
ç = completely closed
O = completely open.
F0Q0625m
fig. 39
SIDE SWIVEL OUTLETS AND
VENTS fig. 38-39
A - Fixed vent for side windows.
B - Air flow adjusting control:
ç = completely closed
O = completely open.
C - Control for directing air flow
(up/down, right/left).
Certain versions feature an oddment compartment instead of the rear vent.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
A - Controls for directing air flow
(up/down, right/left).
REAR VENT (where provided)
fig. 41
IN AN
EMERGENCY
CENTRAL VENTS fig. 40
F0Q0750m
fig. 41
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0Q0627m
fig. 40
INDEX
F0Q0626m
fig. 38
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-056 BRAVO GB
43
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-056 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
9:00
Pagina 44
HEATING AND
VENTILATION
SAFETY
DEVICES
CONTROLS fig. 42
A: Air temperature knob (mixing hot and
cold air)
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
B: Heated rear window on/off button
44
C: Fan knob
D: Air recirculation on/off button
E: Air distribution knob.
WARMING THE PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
Proceed as follows:
❒ knob pointer A in the red section;
❒ knob pointer C on required speed;
❒ turn the knob E to:
≤to warm the feet and at the same
time demist the windscreen
μ to warm the feet and keep the face
cool (“bilevel” function)
w to warm the feet of the passengers
in the front and rear seats
❒ air recirculation off (button led T
off).
fig. 42
FRONT WINDOW
FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
Proceed as follows:
❒ rotate completely knob A to the right;
❒ turn knob C to -;
❒ turn knob E to -;
❒ air recirculation off (button led T
off).
F0Q0609m
After demisting/defrosting use common
controls to maintain the optimum conditions of visibility and comfort.
❒ air recirculation off (button led T
off);
❒ knob pointer C on required speed;
❒ knob A turned to red section;
❒ Central and side vents: completely
open;
❒ Knob pointer A on blue section;
❒ Knob pointer E to ¥;
❒ turn knob C to 2nd speed;
❒ air recirculation off (button led T
off).
❒ turn knob E to - or to ≤ if the windows do not demist.
AIR RECIRCULATION
HEATED REAR WINDOW
AND DOOR MIRROR
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
Pressing button ( turns on this function
which is shown by the turning on of the
led on the button (.
This function is timed and switches off automatically after 20 minutes. To cut out
this function press again button (.
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on
the inside of the rear window over the
heating filaments to avoid damage that
might cause it to stop working properly.
Pressing button T turns on this function which is shown by the turning on of
the led on the button. This function is particularly useful when the outside air is
heavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tunnel,
etc.). However, it is better not to use it
for long periods, especially if there are several people in the car.
IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation
system makes it possible to reach the required “heating” or “cooling” conditions
faster. Do not use the air recirculation
function on rainy/cold days as it would
considerably increase the possibility of the
windows misting inside.
SUPPLEMENTARY HEATER
(where provided)
This device heats up the passenger compartment more rapidly in cold weather
conditions with the engine coolant temperature very low.
The additional heater is activated automatically by starting the engine, turning
knob A to the last red sector and operating the fan (knob C) on at least first
speed.
The radiator is turned off automatically
when conditions of comfort are achieved.
IMPORTANT heater activation is prevented if the battery voltage is too low.
SAFETY
DEVICES
To ventilate the passenger’s compartment
properly, proceed as follows:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT
In the event of considerable outside moisture and/or rain and/or considerable differences in temperature inside and outside the passenger compartment, perform
the following preventive demisting procedure:
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Preventive demisting procedure
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 45
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:00
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
037-056 BRAVO GB
45
9:00
MANUAL CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM
(where provided)
CONTROLS fig. 43
Pagina 46
A: Air temperature knob (mixing hot and
cold air)
B: Heated rear window on/off button
C: Fan knob
D: Compressor on/off switch
E: Air recirculation on/off button
WARMING THE PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
❒ knob pointer A in the red section;
INDEX
IN AN
EMERGENCY
F: Air distribution knob.
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
10-05-2007
SAFETY
DEVICES
037-056 BRAVO GB
46
fig. 43
F0Q0610m
Proceed as follows:
❒ knob pointer C on required speed;
❒ turn knob F to:
≤to warm the feet and at the same time
demist the windscreen
μto warm the feet and keep the face cool
(“bilevel” function)
w to warm the feet of the front and rear
passengers.
❒ air recirculation off (button led T
off).
❒ rotate completely knob A to the right;
❒ turn knob C to -;
❒ turn knob F to -;
❒ air recirculation off (button led T
off).
❒ Knob pointer A on blue section;
Pressing button ( turns on this function
which is shown by the turning on of the
led on the button (.
❒ Knob pointer F to ¥;
This function is timed and switches off automatically after 20 minutes. To cut out
this function press again button (.
Preventive demisting procedure
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on
the inside of the rear window over the
heating filaments to avoid damage that
might cause it to stop working properly.
❒ press button ❄;
❒ air recirculation off (button led T
off);
❒ knob A turned to red section;
❒ turn knob C to 2nd speed;
❒ turn knob F to - or to ≤ if the windows do not demist.
❒ Central and side vents: completely
open;
HEATED REAR WINDOW
AND DOOR MIRROR
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
After demisting/defrosting use common
controls to maintain the optimum conditions of visibility and comfort.
In the event of considerable outside moisture and/or rain and/or considerable differences in temperature inside and outside the passenger compartment, perform
the following preventive demisting procedure:
To ventilate the passenger’s compartment
properly, proceed as follows:
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ press button ❄;
FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT
❒ knob pointer C on required speed;
❒ air recirculation off (button led T
off).
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Proceed as follows:
Climate control system is very useful to
speed up demisting since it dehumidifies
the air. Set controls to demisting function
and switch on the climate control system
by pressing button ❄.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
FRONT WINDOW
FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 47
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:00
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
037-056 BRAVO GB
47
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-056 BRAVO GB
48
10-05-2007
9:00
Pagina 48
AIR RECIRCULATION
CLIMATE CONTROL (cooling)
Pressing button T turns on this function which is shown by the turning on of
the led on the button.
Proceed as follows:
This function is particularly useful when
the outside air is heavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tunnel, etc.) However, it is better
not to use it for long periods, especially
if there are several people in the car.
IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation
system makes it possible to reach the required “heating” or “cooling” conditions
faster. Do not use the air recirculation
function on rainy/cold days as it would
considerably increase the possibility of the
windows misting inside.
❒ Knob pointer A on blue section;
❒ knob pointer C on required speed;
❒ Knob pointer F to ¥;
❒ Press buttons ❄ and T (button leds
on).
Cooling adjustment
Proceed as follows:
❒ Turn off button T (button led off);
SUPPLEMENTARY HEATER
(where provided)
This device heats up the passenger compartment more rapidly in cold weather
conditions with the engine coolant temperature very low.
The additional heater is activated automatically by starting the engine, turning
knob A to the last red sector and operating the fan (knob C) on at least first
speed.
The radiator is turned off automatically
when conditions of comfort are achieved.
❒ turn knob A to the right to raise temperature;
IMPORTANT heater activation is prevented if the battery voltage is too low.
❒ Turn knob C to the left to reduce the
fan speed.
LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM
During winter, the climate control system
must be turned on at least once a month
for about 10 minutes. Before summer,
have the system checked at a Fiat Dealership.
Pagina 49
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
AUTOMATIC
TWO-ZONE CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM
(where provided)
DESCRIPTION
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
The system is fitted with the AQS function (Air Quality System) that turns on inside air recirculation automatically when
the antipollution sensor detects the presence of outside polluted air (for example
when driving in the city, queues and tunnels).
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The car is fitted with a two-zone climate
control system which makes it possible to
separately adjust the air temperature on
the driver’s side and on the passenger’s
side.
fig. 44
F0Q0611m
CONTROLS fig. 44
H: MAX-DEF function button (front window fast defrosting/demisting)
B: Air distribution selection button
E: Button for aligning the temperature
set on the passenger’s side with that
on the driver’s side (MONO) and
knob to adjust temperature on passenger side
C: Display showing climate control system data
F: Two-zone climate control on/off button
L: Inside air recirculation and AQS function on/off button
D: Knob for adjusting fan speed
G: Rear window heating on/off button
M: Climate control compressor on/off
button
A: Button for selecting the system automatic mode (AUTO) and knob to adjust temperature on driver side
I: Passenger compartment temperature
sensor
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:00
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
037-056 BRAVO GB
49
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-056 BRAVO GB
50
10-05-2007
9:00
Pagina 50
SWITCHING THE CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM ON
The system can be started by pressing any
button, but it is advisable to set the temperatures required on the display;
then press button AUTO.
It is possible to personalise required temperatures (driver and passenger) with a
maximum difference of 7°C.
The climate control system compressor
works only with the engine running and
outside temperature over 4°C.
HOW TO USE THE
AUTOMATIC FUNCTION
(AUTO)
It is possible to personalise the choices
made automatically by the system intervening manually on the following controls:
Press button AUTO; the system will automatically adjust:
❒ fan speed adjustment knob;
❒ air inlet in the passenger’s compartment;
❒ inside air recirculation and AQS function on/off button;
❒ air distribution in the passenger’s compartment;
thus cancelling all the previous manual adjustments.
When the climate control system is working automatically, FULL AUTO is displayed.
❒ air distribution selection button;
❒ climate control compressor button.
WARNING
It is inadvisable to use air recirculation on rainy/cold
days as it would considerably increase
the possibility of windows misting up
inside.
❒ max fan speed = all bars lit
❒ min fan speed = one bar lit.
The fan can be cut off (all bars off) only if
the climate control compressor has been
switched off pressing button ❄.
To restore automatic fan speed control,
after a manual adjustment, press button
AUTO.
HEATED REAR WINDOW
AND DOOR MIRROR
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
Pressing button - the climate control
automatically activates timed operation of
all the functions required to quicken
demisting/defrosting of the windscreen
and front side windows, i.e.:
Pressing button ( activates this function.
When this function is on, the button led
is on.
❒ switches on climate control compressor (if outside temperature exceeds
4°C);
❒ switches off inside air recirculation, if
on (button led T off);
❒ switches on heated rear window (button led - on) and door mirror coils;
❒ sets max air temperature;
❒ activates proper air flow.
This function is timed and switches off automatically after 20 minutes. To cut out
this function press again button (.
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on
the inside of the rear window over the
heating filaments to avoid damage that
might cause it to stop working properly.
IMPORTANT Press button T to obtain outside air inlet into passenger compartment (in this event the button led is
off).
SAFETY
DEVICES
The 12 selectable speeds are shown by the
lighting up of the bars on the climate control system display:
FAST FRONT WINDOW
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
(MAX-DEF function)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
To adjust the fan speed, press button p.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 51
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:00
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
037-056 BRAVO GB
51
9:00
Pagina 52
INSIDE AIR RECIRCULATION
ON/OFF AND AQS FUNCTION
(Air Quality System) BUTTON
Inside air recirculation is controlled by
three operating logics:
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
10-05-2007
SAFETY
DEVICES
037-056 BRAVO GB
52
Press button T.
Pressing button OFF, the climate control
system turns on automatically the inside
air recirculation function (button led
T on). In these conditions it is however possible to take air from the outside
(and vice versa) pressing button T
(button led off).
❒ automatic control, indicated by message
AQS on the display and button led
T off;
With button OFF pressed (button led on),
the AQS (Air Quality System) function
cannot be activated.
❒ forced switching off (inside air recirculation always off with air inlet from outside), button led T off;
IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation
system makes it possible to reach the required “heating” or “cooling” conditions
faster. It is however inadvisable to use it
on rainy/cold days as it would considerably increase the possibility of the windows misting inside, especially if the climate control system is off. It is advisable
to turn on the inside air recirculation system in queues or tunnels to avoid admitting polluted air from outside. The prolonged use of this function should however be avoided, especially with several
persons on board, to avoid the possibility of the windows misting inside.
❒ forced switching on (inside air recirculation always on with air inlet from outside), button led T on.
AQS (Air Quality System)
function activation
The AQS function, (message AQS on the
display), turns on air recirculation automatically when it detects the presence of
outside polluted air (for example when
driving in queues and tunnels).
IMPORTANT When the AQS function is
active, after 15 minutes of consecutive internal air recirculation, the climate control system enables outside air inlet (regardless of air pollution level) for approx.
1 minute to change air inside the passenger compartment.
Compressor on
Turn the knob AUTO or MONO to
raise/reduce the temperature between the
two zones by the same value.
❒ button led ❄ on;
Press again MONO to disable the function.
Compressor off
❒ symbol ❄ on the display, lit.
Pressing one or more buttons Q/E/Z
it is possible to choose manually 7 of the
possible air distributions to the passenger
compartment:
Q
Air flow to the windscreen and
front side window vents to demist
or defrost them.
Z
Air flow towards the front and
rear lower parts of the passenger
compartment. This type of distribution allows heating of the passenger compartment in the shortest time.
❒ button led ❄ off;
❒ symbol ❄ on the display, off;
❒ inside air recirculation off;
❒ AQS function disabled.
With the climate control compressor off,
it is not possible to admit air to the passenger compartment with a temperature
below the outside temperature; in this
case symbol ò flashes on the display.
The switching off of the climate control
compressor remains in storage even when
the engine has been stopped. To restore
automatic control for switching on the climate control compressor, press button ❄
or AUTO, in which case, the other manual settings set will be cancelled.
QE Splitting of the air flow between
Z front and rear vents, centre and
side dashboard outlets, rear outlet, windscreen and front side window demisting vents.
E
Air flow to the dashboard centre
and side outlets (passenger’s
body).
SAFETY
DEVICES
Press button ❄ to switch on the climate
control compressor.
AIR DISTRIBUTION SELECTION
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Pressing button MONO automatically
aligns the temperature on the passenger’s
side with that on the driver’s side.
CLIMATE CONTROL
COMPRESSOR ON/OFF
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
ALIGNMENT OF SET
TEMPERATURES
(MONO function)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 53
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:00
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
037-056 BRAVO GB
53
9:00
Pagina 54
IMPORTANT For operation of the climate control system, at least one of buttons Q/E/Z shall be activated. Deactivation of all buttons Q/E/Z is therefore
not enabled by the system.
SWITCHING THE CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM OFF
IMPORTANT To switch the system on
again, press button OFF; this operation resets all operating conditions stored before
switching off.
❒ writing OFF;
E Splitting of the air flow between
Z feet vents (warmest air) and the
To restore automatic air distribution control after a manual selection, press button
AUTO.
Q
E Splitting of the air flow between
SUPPLEMENTARY HEATER
(where provided)
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
SAFETY
DEVICES
Splitting of the air flow between
feet vents and windscreen and
front side window demisting/defrosting vents. This type of air distribution allows satisfactory heating of the passenger compartment
while preventing possible misting
of the windows.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Q
Z
10-05-2007
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-056 BRAVO GB
54
dashboard centre and side outlets
and the rear outlet (coolest air).
centre and side dashboard outlets,
rear outlet and windscreen and
side window demisting/defrosting
vents. This type of air distribution
allows satisfactory ventilation of
the passenger compartment while
preventing possible misting of the
windows.
This device heats up the passenger compartment more rapidly in cold weather
conditions with the engine coolant temperature very low.
In the above climate conditions, the device comes on automatically when the engine is started with at least one bar of the
fan speed indicator lit up.
The radiator is turned off automatically
when conditions of comfort are achieved.
IMPORTANT heater activation is prevented if the battery voltage is too low.
Press button OFF.
The following information is displayed:
❒ outside temperature;
❒ inside air recirculation on (button led
T on).
037-056 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
9:00
Pagina 55
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
The left-hand stalk fig. 45 controls the external lights.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The external lights can only be switched
on when the ignition key is at MAR.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
fig. 46
These lights can only be turned on with ignition key at STOP or removed, by moving the left stalk knurled ring first to O and
then to 6 or 2.
Warning light 3 on the instrument panel will turn on. To select the right or left
lights use the direction indicator stalk.
Push the stalk to (stable) position:
The warning light 3 on the instrument
panel will turn on.
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS
Turn the knurled ring to 2.
The warning light 3 on the instrument
panel will turn on.
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS
When the knurled ring is at 2 push the
lever towards the dashboard (stable position).
The warning light 1 on the instrument
panel will turn on.
To turn the main beams off, pull the stalk
towards the steering wheel (dipped beams
will turn on again).
FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTS
F0Q0650m
❒ up (position 1): right-hand direction indicator on
❒ down (position 2): left-hand direction
indicator on
Warning light Î or ¥ will come on flashing on the instrument cluster at the same
time.
Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel
(unstable position) regardless of the position of the knurled ring.
Indicators are switched off automatically
when the steering wheel is straightened.
The warning light 1 on the instrument
panel will turn on.
“Lane change” function
If you want the indicator to flash briefly to
show that you are about to change lane,
move the left stalk to unstable position for
less than one second. The direction indicator of the side selected will flash 3 times
and then it will turn off automatically.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
PARKING LIGHTS
Turn the knurled ring to 6.
fig. 46
IN AN
EMERGENCY
SIDELIGHTS
F0Q0649m
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
fig. 45
INDEX
Knurled ring turned to O.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS SWITCHED OFF
55
10-05-2007
9:00
Pagina 56
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
037-056 BRAVO GB
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS
SENSOR (daylight sensor) fig. 48
(where provided)
56
fig. 47
F0Q0651m
fig. 48
F0Q0652m
“Cornering lights”
Activation
With low beams on at a speed of less than
40 km/h, when the steering wheel is
turned through a large angle or upon activation of the direction indicator, a light
(incorporated in the fog lamp) will come
on to expand the angle of night-time visibility on the side to which the vehicle is
turned.
With the ignition key at STOP or removed, pull the stalk towards the steering
wheel and operate it within 2 minutes
from when the engine is turned off.
“FOLLOW ME HOME”
DEVICE fig. 47
This function allows the illumination of the
space in front of the car for a preset period of time.
At each single movement of the stalk, the
staying on of the lights is extended by 30
seconds up to a maximum of 210 seconds;
then the lights are switched off automatically.
Each time the lever is operated, the instrument panel warning light 3 turns
on (together with the message on the display) (see section “Warning lights and
messages”).
Deactivation
Keep the stalk pulled towards the steering wheel for more than 2 seconds.
It detects the changes of the external light
intensity of the car according to the light
sensitivity set: greater is the sensitivity,
smaller is the amount of external light necessary to control the switching-on of the
exterior headlights. The daylight sensor
sensitivity can be adjusted with the “Setup Menu” of the instrument panel.
Activation
A : in this way,
Turn the knurled ring to 2
the automatic activation of the side/taillights and dipped beam headlights are simultaneously enabled according to the external luminosity.
During the sensor operation lights can only be made flashing.
Deactivation
As a result of the sensor deactivation, the
main beam headlights will switch off and,
after about 10 seconds, sidelights will
switch off too.
The light sensor is not able to detect the
fog presence, lights shall therefore be
switched on manually.
Never use the window wiper
to remove ice or snow from
the windscreen. In these conditions, the wiper is submitted
to excessive effort that results in motor protection cutting in and wiper operation inhibition for few seconds as a
consequence. If operation is not restored contact Fiat Dealership.
WINDSCREEN WASHER/
WIPER fig. 49
The device can only work when the ignition key is at MAR.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The stalk can be moved to five different
positions:
A: windscreen wiper off.
B: flick wipe.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
With the stalk in position B, turning the
knurled ring F four possible intermittent
speeds are obtained:
, = very slow intermittent
■
= slow intermittent.
■■
= intermittent medium.
■■■
= fast intermittent.
C: continuous slow;
D: continuous fast;
E: fast temporary (unstable position).
SAFETY
DEVICES
WINDOW WASHING
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 57
fig. 49
F0Q0645m
Operation in position E is limited to the
time the lever is held in this position.
When the lever is released, it returns to
position A automatically stopping the
wiper.
IMPORTANT When the wiper is on, engaging reverse gear automatically turns on
the rear window wiper.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:09
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
057-082 BRAVO GB
57
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 58
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
Keeping the stalk pulled, with just one
movement it is possible to operate the
washer jet and the wiper at the same time;
indeed, the latter comes into action automatically if the stalk is pulled for more
than half a second.
58
fig. 50
F0Q0646m
The wiper stops working a few strokes after releasing the stalk; a further “cleaning
stroke”, after a few seconds, completes
the wiping operation.
fig. 51
F0Q0014m
“Smart washing” function fig. 50
RAIN SENSOR (where provided)
Pulling the lever towards the steering
wheel (unstable position) operates the
windscreen washer.
The rain sensor A-fig. 51 is behind the
driving mirror in contact with the windscreen and has the purpose of automatically adjust, during the intermittent operation, the frequency of the windscreen
wiper strokes as to the rain intensity.
The sensor has a range of adjustment that
gradually varies between wiper stationary
(no wiping) when the windscreen is dry,
to wiper at first continuous speed (continuous slow) with heavy rain.
The activation of the rain sensor is signalled by a control acquisition “stroke”.
IMPORTANT Keep clean the glass in the
sensor area.
Turning the knurled ring F-fig. 49 it is
possible to increase the sensitivity of the
rain sensor, obtaining a quicker change
from stationary (no wiping) when the
windscreen is dry, to first continuous
speed (continuous slow).
The increase of the sensitivity of the rain
sensor is signalled by a control and acquisition “stroke”.
Operating the windscreen washer with
the rain sensor activated the normal washing cycle is performed at the end of which
the rain sensor resumes its normal automatic function.
At next engine starting (key at MAR), the
sensor will not be reactivated even is the
stalk is on B-fig. 49. In this event, to activate the rain sensor, you have to move
the stalk to A or C and then again to B.
When the rain sensor is again activated in
this way, at least one windscreen wiper
stroke occurs, even if the windscreen is
dry.
Do not activate the rain sensor when washing the car in
an automatic washing station.
In the event of ice on the
windscreen, make sure to have
disconnected the device.
WARNING
Make sure to have disconnected the device when
cleaning the windscreen.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Turn the ignition key to STOP.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Deactivation
Move the right-hand stalk downwards by
one position.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Activation
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 59
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:09
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
057-082 BRAVO GB
59
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 60
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
HEADLIGHT WASHER fig. 53
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
Car headlight washers are “retractable”,
i.e.: they are located inside the front
bumpers and they are activated (with
dipped beam headlights and/or main beam
headlights on) when the windscreen washer is operated.
60
fig. 52
F0Q0653m
REAR SCREEN WIPER/
REAR SCREEN WASHER fig. 52
This operates only with the ignition turned
to MAR. Operation ceases when the
lever is released.
When the wheel on the lever is turned
from position O to position ', the rear
wiper operates as follows:
❒ in intermittent mode when the rear
wiper is not in operation;
❒ in synchronous mode (at half the rate
of the windscreen wiper) when the
windscreen wiper is working;
❒ in continuous mode, with reverse engaged and the control active.
fig. 53
F0Q0018m
With the windscreen wiper in operation
and reverse engaged, continuous operation of the rear screen wiper is also activated. When the lever is pushed toward
the dashboard (unstable position), the rear
washer jet is also activated. When the
lever is held in this position for longer than
half a second, the rear wiper is also operated. When the lever is released, smart
washing is activated, as for the windscreen
wiper.
IMPORTANT Check at regular intervals
correct operation and cleanness of nozzles.
Never use the rear window
wiper to remove ice or snow
from the rear window. In these
conditions, the wiper is submitted to excessive effort that results
in motor protection cutting in and
wiper operation inhibition for few seconds as a consequence. If operation is
not restored contact Fiat Dealership.
❒ turn the knurled ring B to (+) for at
least three seconds, then release it. The
car speed is memorised and it is therefore possible to release the accelerator
pedal.
Therefore it is not suggested to use this
device on extra-urban roads with traffic.
Do not use it in town.
❒ turn the knurled ring A-fig. 54 to ON
and press the accelerator pedal to the
required speed;
fig. 54
F0Q0648m
DEVICE ENGAGEMENT
Turn knurled ring A-fig. 54 to ON.
The device may only be engaged in the 4th
or 5th gear. Travelling downhill with the
device engaged, the car speed may increase more than the memorised one.
When the device is activated, the warning
light Ü on the instrument panel turns on
(together with the message on the display)
(see section “Warning lights and messages”).
In the case of need (when overtaking for
instance) acceleration is possible simply
pressing the accelerator pedal: releasing
the accelerator pedal, the car will return
to the speed memorised previously.
SAFETY
DEVICES
It is a device able to support the driver,
with electronic control, which allows driving at speed over 30 km/h on long and
straight dry roads (e.g.: motorways), at a
desired speed, without pressing the accelerator pedal.
Proceed as follows:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
TO MEMORISE SPEED
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CRUISE CONTROL
(constant speed
regulator)
(where provided)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 61
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:09
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
057-082 BRAVO GB
61
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
62
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 62
TO RESET THE
MEMORISED SPEED
TO REDUCE
MEMORISED SPEED
If the device has been disengaged for example pressing the brake or clutch pedal,
the memorised speed can be reset as follows:
The speed memorised can be increased in
two ways:
❒ accelerate gradually until reaching a
speed approaching the one memorised;
❒ engage the gear selected at the time of
speed memorising (4th or 5th gear);
❒ press button C-fig. 54.
TO INCREASE THE
MEMORISED SPEED
The speed memorised can be increased in
two ways:
❒ pressing the accelerator and then memorising the new speed reached;
or
❒ turning the knurled ring B-fig. 54 temporarily to (+).
Each turn of the knurled ring will correspond to a slight increase in speed (about
1 km/h), while keeping the knurled ring
turned will correspond to a continuous
speed increase.
WARNING
When travelling with the device on, never set the gearshift
lever to neutral.
❒ disengaging the device and then memorising the new speed;
or
❒ keeping the knurled ring B-fig. 54 to
(–) until reaching the new speed which
will be memorised automatically.
Each turn of the knurled ring will correspond to a slight reduction in speed (about
1 km/h), while keeping the knurled ring
turned will correspond to a continuous
speed reduction.
DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT
Turn the knurled ring A-fig. 54 to OFF
or the ignition key to STOP. The device
is automatically deactivated also in one of
the following cases:
❒ pressing the brake or clutch pedal;
❒ ASR or ESP cut-in (where provided);
WARNING
In the event of device malfunction or failure, turn the
knurled ring A-fig. 54 to OFF and contact a Fiat Dealership after checking
the protection fuse integrity.
Ceiling light timing
FRONT CEILING LIGHT
WITH SPOT LIGHTS fig. 55
To facilitate getting in/out of the car at
night or with poor lighting, 2 different
timed switching on modes have been
provided.
Switch A turns on/off the ceiling lights.
Light turning on/off is gradual.
Switch B performs the spot function; with
ceiling light off, it will turn on:
❒ light C if pressed on the left side;
❒ light D if pressed on the right side.
Lights will turn on as follows:
fig. 55
F0Q0669m
IMPORTANT Before getting out of the
car, make sure the switch is at central position: lights off with doors closed in order to avoid draining the battery. In any
case, if the switch is left inadvertently to
the On position, the lights will turn off automatically 15 minutes after turning the
engine off.
❒ for about 10 seconds when opening
front doors;
❒ for about 3 minutes when opening one
of the side doors;
❒ for about 10 seconds when closing the
doors.
Timing will stop when turning the ignition
key to MAR.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
With switch A pressed on the left side,
lights C and D will always stay off. With
switch A pressed on the right side, lights
C and D will always stay on.
Light timing when getting into the car
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
With switch A in central position, lights
C and D turn on/off when opening/closing the front doors.
SAFETY
DEVICES
CEILING LIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 63
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:09
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
057-082 BRAVO GB
63
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
64
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 64
Light timing when getting out of the car
After removing the key from the ignition
switch, the ceiling lights will turn on as follows:
❒ within 2 minutes from turning the engine off for about 10 seconds;
❒ when opening one of the side doors for
about 3 minutes;
F0Q0670m
fig. 56
❒ when fuel cut-off switch is activated,
they stay on for about 15 minutes, and
then go off automatically.
REAR CEILING LIGHT
Versions with sunroof fig. 57
Versions without sunroof fig. 56
These versions are equipped with only
one ceiling light.
Timing will stop automatically when locking the doors (unless the fuel cut-off
switch has been activated).
These versions are equipped with two
rear ceiling lights.
To turn these lights on/off press at the
point shown by the arrow (mark + on the
ceiling light lens).
When the front ceiling light is on, also the
rear ceiling lights will come on.
fig. 57
F0Q0740m
❒ when closing one of the doors for
about 10 seconds.
To turn this light on/off press at the point
shown by the arrow (mark + on the ceiling light lens).
When the front ceiling light is on, also the
rear ceiling light will come on.
Pagina 65
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
CONTROLS
HAZARD LIGHTS
WARNING
The use of hazard lights is
governed by the Highway
Code of the country you are in. Keep
to the rules.
F0Q0637m
FRONT FOG LIGHTS
(where provided)
To turn front fog lights on, press button
B-fig. 59 to activate these lights it is necessary to have the side/taillights switched
on.
Press the button again to turn the lights
off.
fig. 59
F0Q0636m
REAR FOG LIGHTS
To turn rear fog lights on, press button
C-fig. 59, to activate these lights it is necessary to have the dipped beams or front
fog lights switched on.
Press the button again to turn the lights
off.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Press switch A again to turn the lights off.
fig. 58
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
When the device is on, the switch is flashing and warning lights Î and ¥ on the
cluster come on.
SAFETY
DEVICES
They turn on by pressing switch
A-fig. 58, regardless of the position of the
ignition key.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:09
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
057-082 BRAVO GB
65
9:09
Pagina 66
When the switch comes into operation,
the instrument panel warning light è or
symbol ° will turn on (together with the
message on the display) (see section
“Warning lights and messages”).
Carefully inspect the car to find fuel leaks,
e.g. in the engine compartment, under the
car or near the tank.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
10-05-2007
SAFETY
DEVICES
057-082 BRAVO GB
66
fig. 60
F0Q0638m
FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCH fig. 60
It is located next to the passenger’s door
post, at the bottom, and comes into operation in the case of a crash:
❒ cutting off fuel and switching off the engine;
❒ automatically unlocking the doors;
❒ switching on interior lights (for about
15 minutes).
If no fuel leaks are found and the car can
be started again, press button A to reset
the fuel system and the lights.
After a crash, remember to turn the ignition key to STOP to prevent battery rundown.
WARNING
If, after a crash, you smell fuel or see leaks from the fuel
system, do not reset the switch to
avoid fire risk.
Pagina 67
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
INTERIOR FITTINGS
fig. 61
F0Q0631m
fig. 63
F0Q0634m
fig. 62
F0Q0632m
fig. 64
F0Q0633m
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
The armrest can be adjusted longitudinally by operating the cover A-fig. 61.
Oddment compartment
Lift cover A-fig. 61 to reach the oddment
compartment B-fig. 62.
Pay attention not to spill the
drinks: the food box bottom
however is provided with a hole
to drain spilled liquids, if any.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
It is located between the front seats. An
oddment compartment and a conditioned
food box (where provided) are fitted inside the armrest (see next paragraphs).
SAFETY
DEVICES
FRONT ARMREST WITH
ODDMENT COMPARTMENT
(where provided)
Conditioned food box
Press button A-fig. 63 and raise the armrest B to reach the conditioned food box
fig. 64.
IMPORTANT The food box function is to
keep the temperature of drinks, that must
be warmed or cooled before being fitted
inside the food box
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:09
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
057-082 BRAVO GB
67
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 68
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
fig. 66
ODDMENT COMPARTMENTS
Oddment compartment on
passenger’s side
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
IN AN
EMERGENCY
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
68
F0Q0635m
Open the oddment compartment moving
the handle A-fig. 66 as shown by the arrow.
fig. 65
F0Q0010m
REAR ARMREST
(where provided)
To use the rear armrest A-fig. 65, lower it as shown in the figure.
The armrest houses two recesses
B for holding glasses and/or cans. To use
them pull the tab C in arrow direction.
Inside the armrest, after lifting the cover,
there is an oddment compartment.
When the oddment compartment is
opened, an interior courtesy light comes
on. Such light stays on for about 15 minutes after having turned the key to STOP.
If during this time a door or the boot are
opened, the light will come on again for
about 15 minutes.
WARNING
Never travel with the oddment compartments open to
prevent risk of injuries in the event of
a crash.
fig. 67
F0Q0012m
Oddment compartment under
driver’s seat (where provided)
fig. 67
Certain versions are fitted with an oddment compartment under the passenger’s
seat: only stow objects weighing less than
1.5 kg.
Operate handle A-fig. 67 to open the
compartment.
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 69
fig. 69
F0Q0630m
CURRENT OUTLET (12V)
CIGAR LIGHTER (where provided)
ASHTRAY (where provided)
The current outlet is located on the central console and it only works with ignition key at MAR. If the smokers’ kit is requested, the current outlet will be replaced by the cigar lighter (see next paragraph).
It is located on the central console, near
the handbrake lever.
It consists of a spring-release removable
plastic container fig. 69, that can be located in the glass/can holder recesses on
the central console.
Some versions may also be fitted with a
power point A-fig. 68 located in the luggage compartment.
Press button A-fig. 68/a to switch on the
cigar lighter with ignition key at MAR.
After few seconds the button will return
to its initial position and is ready for use.
IMPORTANT Always check that the cigar lighter has turned off.
IMPORTANT The cigar lighter gets very
hot. Handle it with care and make sure
that it is not used by children: danger of
fire and/or burns.
IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray as
waste paper basket: it might set on fire in
contact with cigarette stubs.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
F0Q0629m
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 68/a
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0Q0016m
INDEX
fig. 68
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
69
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 70
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
70
fig. 70
F0Q0671m
fig. 71
F0Q0672m
fig. 73
F0Q0674m
fig. 72
F0Q0673m
fig. 74
F0Q0676m
GLASS HOLDERS fig. 70
The central console houses two recesses for glasses, cups or cans.
ODDMENT COMPARTMENTS
They are set near the cigar lighter
fig. 71, near the handbrake fig. 72, and
front and rear doors fig. 73 and fig. 74.
On certain versions, the driver’s sun visor
is fitted with a courtesy mirror and a light.
Passenger’s side
The passenger’s sun visor is fitted with a
courtesy mirror (on certain versions the
mirror is fitted with a light).
fig. 75
Driver and passenger’s sun visors can be
adjusted forwards and sidewards.
Lift the lid A to use the mirror.
On certain versions, the passenger’s sun
visor is fitted, on the back, with a courtesy
mirror with a light that enables to use the
mirror also with poor sunlight.
F0Q0675m
When the ignition key is at STOP, the
light stays on for about 15 minutes: if in
this period a door or the tailgate is
opened, the light will stay on for another
15 minutes.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Driver’s side
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The passenger’s sun visor also carries the
symbols and the message concerning the
correct use of the child restraint system
with passenger’s air bag (for further information see paragraph “Passenger’s
front Air bag” in section “Safety devices”).
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
SUN VISORS fig. 75
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 71
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:09
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
057-082 BRAVO GB
71
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
72
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 72
SUNROOF
(where provided)
The sunroof consists of two wide panes
(a fixed one and a moving one), fitted with
two manually-operated sun curtains (front
and rear).
Sun curtains can be used in “wide close”
and “wide open” positions (no fix intermediate positions).
To open sun curtains: take handgrip A-fig.
76, release it and guide it in the direction
of the arrow to the “wide open” position.
To close them reverse the above procedure. Sunroof only works with ignition key
at MAR. Controls A and B-fig. 77 set on
the special panel near the ceiling light shall
be used to open/close the sunroof.
fig. 76
F0Q0737m
fig. 77
F0Q0678m
To open
To close
Press button B-fig. 77 and hold down to
move the front glass panel to spoiler position. Press button B again and hold down
the control for longer than half a second
to start the movement of the sun-roof
glass, which will continue automatically
to an intermediate position (“Comfort”
position).
When in fully opened position, press button A-fig. 77 and if the button is operated for longer than half a second, the roof
front glass will automatically move to intermediate position (“Comfort” position).
Press the opening control again for longer
than half a second and the sun-roof will
automatically to the end of its travel. The
sun-roof glass may be halted in an intermediate position by operating the button
again.
Operate the button again for longer than
half a second and the roof will move to
spoiler position. When the closure button
is closed again, the sun-roof will move to
fully closed position.
Sunroof is fitted with anti-crushing safety
system that detects the presence of an obstacle during sunroof closing stroke and
that cuts in by stopping and reversing the
sunroof stroke.
SAFETY
DEVICES
ANTI-CRUSHING SAFETY
SYSTEM
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Do not open the sunroof if
there is snow or ice on it: it
could be damaged.
WARNING
When leaving the car, the ignition key should be removed
to prevent the sunroof from being operated inadvertently and harming anyone remaining in the car. Improper use
of the sunroof can be dangerous. Before and during its operation ensure
that any passengers are not at risk
from the moving roof either by personal objects getting caught in the
mechanism or by being injured by it directly.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Use the sunroof only in “spoiler” position if cross roof rack
is fitted.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 73
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:09
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
057-082 BRAVO GB
73
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
74
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 74
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE
EMERGENCY OPERATION
Sunroof shall be re-initialised after disconnecting the battery or if the relevant
protection fuse is blown.
If the switch does not work, the sunroof
can be operated manually as follows:
Proceed as follows:
❒ Press button A-fig. 77 until the roof
is fully closed. Release the button;
❒ press button A and hold down for at
least 10 seconds and/or until the glass
panel is heard to click forward. Now
release the button;
❒ within 5 seconds of carrying out the
previous operation, press button A and
hold down: the glass panel will perform
a full opening and closure cycle. Do not
release the button until the end of this
cycle.
❒ remove the protection cap A-fig. 78
set on the rear part of the internal covering;
❒ take the setscrew wrench provided in
the container of the car documents or
in the boot (versions with Fix&Go automatic);
fig. 78
F0Q0738m
❒ fit the wrench into slot B and turn it:
– clockwise to open the sunroof;
– counterclockwise to close the sunroof.
Pagina 75
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
DOORS
With the doors closed, fit and turn the key
in one of the front door locks.
From inside
From inside the car (with doors closed)
press the door lock/unlock button fig. 79
set on the dashboard.
Doors can however be closed manually
if the electric system is failing.
IMPORTANT The rear doors cannot be
opened from inside when the child lock
is engaged.
fig. 79
F0Q0641m
CHILD LOCK fig. 80
To prevent opening the rear doors from
the inside.
fig. 80
F0Q0677m
Always use this device when
transporting children.
This device can be engaged only with
doors open:
❒ position 1 - engaged (door locked);
❒ position 2 - disengaged (door can be
opened from the passenger’s compartment).
The device stays on even if the doors are
unlocked by the centralised system.
WARNING
After engaging the lock on
both rear doors, check by
trying to open a rear door with the internal handle.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
From outside
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING
SYSTEM
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:09
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
057-082 BRAVO GB
75
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 76
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
To realign the lock knobs (only if battery
charge is restored) proceed as follows:
❒ press the key button Ë;
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ press door lock/unlock button ≈
on the instrument panel;
76
❒ opening with the key in front door
revolving plug;
fig. 81
F0Q0679m
REAR DOORS EMERGENCY
LOCK DEVICE fig. 81
Rear doors are fitted with a device
enabling to close them also when current is lacking.
In this event proceed as follows:
❒ fit the metal insert of the ignition key
into slot A;
❒ turn the key clockwise and then
remove it from slot A.
❒ pulling internal door handle.
IMPORTANT If the child lock and the rear
door emergency lock are active, operating the internal door handle will not open
the door but only realign the lock knobs;
to open the door: pull the external handle. Door central locking/unlocking button ≈ will not be disabled when activating the emergency lock.
IMPORTANT Door locking/unlocking system shall be re-initialised after disconnecting the battery or if the relevant protection fuse is blown:
❒ close all the doors;
❒ press the key button Á or door
lock/unlock button ≈ on the
instrument panel;
❒ press the key button Ë or door
lock/unlock button ≈ on the
instrument panel.
WARNING
Do not activate the child
lock device and the rear
doors emergency lock device at the
same time. If both devices are on, to
open the door: operate the internal
handle to deactivate the rear doors
emergency lock device and then open
the door using the external handle.
SAFETY
DEVICES
IMPORTANT In the event that the anticrushing function is activated 5 times in
only 1 minute, the system will automatically enter the “recovery” mode (self-protection). This conditions is pointed out by
the fact that, in the closing phase, the window goes up in jerks.
WARNING
The system conforms to the
forthcoming standard 2000/
4/EC concerning the safety of passengers leaning out of the passenger
compartment.
or
❒ turn the ignition key to STOP and then
to MAR.
If no malfunction is present, the window
returns to its normal operation automatically.
F0Q0622m
CONTROLS
Front driver side door fig. 82
So, it is necessary to carry out the system restore procedure, acting as follows:
❒ open the windows;
fig. 82
IMPORTANT On some versions, when
button Ë on the key with remote control
is pressed for longer than 2 seconds, the
windows open, while when button Á is
pressed for longer than 2 seconds, the
windows are closed.
On the driver’s door panel are set the buttons for controlling, with ignition key at
MAR:
A: front left window opening/closing;
window opening or closing in “automatic continuous” mode;
B: front right window opening/closing;
window opening or closing in “automatic continuous” mode;
C: rear power window enabling/disabling
controls;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A safety system is provided that is able to
detect the present of an obstacle when the
window is closing. When this event occurs, the system interrupts and immediately reverses the window travel.
IMPORTANT With ignition key at STOP
or removed, the power windows remain
activated for about 2 minutes and are deactivated immediately the moment a door
is opened.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
POWER WINDOWS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 77
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:09
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
057-082 BRAVO GB
77
9:09
Pagina 78
D: opening/closure of left front door
(where fitted). Continuous automatic
operation during window open and
closure;
E: opening/closure of right front door
(where fitted). Continuous automatic
operation during window open and
closure;
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
10-05-2007
SAFETY
DEVICES
057-082 BRAVO GB
78
Press buttons A or B to open/close the
required window.
Pressing briefly one of the buttons the
window “jerks” whereas a prolonged
pressing makes the window opening or
closing in “automatic continuous” mode.
Pressing button A or B again will stop the
window in the required position.
WARNING
Improper use of the power
windows can be dangerous.
Before and during its operation ensure that any passengers are not at
risk from the moving glass either by
personal objects getting caught in the
mechanism or by being injured by it
directly. Always remove the ignition
key when getting out of the car to
prevent the power windows being operated accidentally and constituting
a danger to the passengers in the car.
Passenger side front door/
rear doors
On the passenger side front door panel and
on some versions of the rear door, buttons
A-fig. 83 are present to control the window.
fig. 83
F0Q0743m
MANUAL REAR WINDOWS
(where provided)
Operate the handle to open and close the
window.
Window safety system initialisation
Safety system shall be re-initialised after
disconnecting the battery or if the relevant protection fuse is blown.
Initialisation procedure:
❒ fully close manually the window to initialise;
❒ after window stopping, keep on pressing the closing control for at least 1 second.
From the vehicle interior
(where provided)
Press button R, even when the electronic alarm (where provided) is activated.
On some versions, to open the luggage
compartment from inside the vehicle,
press the button R fig. 84.
Tailgate opening is indicated by double
flashing of direction indicators; closing is
indicated by one flashing (only if alarm is
on).
fig. 84
F0Q0036m
Opening the tailgate with the alarm on will
obtain:
From outside the vehicle
When release, the luggage compartment
may be opened from outside the car by
operating the electric logo fig. 85.
❒ volumetric protection deactivation;
To open the tailgate use the key with remote control.
❒ tailgate monitoring sensor deactivation.
If the boot is not shut properly the instrument panel warning light ´ or symbol
R will turn on together with the message on the display (see section “Warning
lights and messages”).
Opening the boot tailgate, the interior
boot ceiling light will come on: the bulb
will automatically switch off when closing
the boot tailgate.
❒ anti-raising protection deactivation;
Such control functions are reset when
closing the tailgate.
fig. 85
F0Q0680m
Such light will stay on for about 15 minutes after turning the key to STOP: if during this time a door or the boot are
opened, the light will turn on again for other 15 minutes.
CLOSING THE TAILGATE
To close, lower the tailgate until the lock
clicks.
The addition of objects
(speakers, spoilers, etc.) on the
rear shelf or boot lid, except
those envisaged by the manufacturer, may prevent the gas filled
struts at the sides of the boot from
working properly.
SAFETY
DEVICES
OPENING THE TAILGATE
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Opening with the key
with remote control
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
BOOT
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 79
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:09
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
057-082 BRAVO GB
79
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 80
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
80
fig. 86
F0Q0681m
WARNING
When using the boot, make
sure the loads you are carrying do not exceed the permitted
weight (see section “Technical specifications”). Also make sure the items
in the boot are arranged properly to
prevent them being thrown forwards
and injuring passengers should you
brake sharply.
WARNING
Never travel with objects on
the rear shelf to prevent
them being thrown forwards and injuring passengers in case of accident
or sharp braking.
fig. 88
F0Q0684m
The boot extension to the right makes it
possible to carry two passengers on the
rear seat left-hand side.
fig. 89
F0Q0683m
The boot extension to the left makes it
possible to carry one passenger on the
rear seat right-hand side.
❒ fold the required cushion fig. 88 forward as shown by the arrow;
fig. 87
F0Q0682m
EXTENDING THE BOOT
The boot can be partially (1/3 or 2/3) or
totally extended splitting the rear seat.
Partial extension
(1/3 or 2/3) fig. 86-87
Proceed as follows:
❒ lower completely the rear seat head restraints;
❒ move the seat belt sideways and check
that the belt is not twisted;
❒ lift seat back retaining lever A-fig. 89
and tilt the seat back forward. Lever lifting is shown by a “red band” B.
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 81
Proceed as follows:
❒ lower completely the rear seat head restraints;
❒ move the seat belt sideways and check
that the belt is not twisted;
❒ fold cushions forward as described previously;
❒ remove the rear parcel shelf fig. 90 and
release the upper ends A-fig. 91 of the
two tie rods by removing eyelets from
the pins and pushing them in arrow direction;
❒ after tilting the cushion, fold completely rear seat backs (as described previously) to have one single surface.
TO RETURN THE REAR SEAT
BACK TO ITS ORIGINAL
POSITION
Move aside the seat belts, check that they
are not twisted.
Lift the seat backs and push them backward until both coupling mechanisms click
in place, check that the “red band” B-fig.
92 at the side of levers A is no longer visible.
The “red band” B indicates missing seat
back coupling.
Reposition the cushions in horizontal position keeping the centre seat belt tongue
raised.
fig. 92
F0Q0683m
WARNING
Make sure the seat back is
correctly hooked on both
sides (“red bands” B-fig. 92 not visible) to prevent seat back being
thrown forwards and injuring passengers should you brake sharply.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Tilt the rear seat completely to obtain
maximum boot extension.
F0Q0687m
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Total extension
fig. 91
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0Q0686m
INDEX
fig. 90
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
81
10-05-2007
9:09
Pagina 82
fig. 93
F0Q0685m
Two attachments fig. 93 located inside
the luggage compartment are used to anchor cables that insure transported loads
are firmly secured and two attachments
on the rear crossmember fig. 94.
IMPORTANT Never anchor to single
hooks a load exceeding 100 kg.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
ANCHORING THE LOAD
IN AN
EMERGENCY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
057-082 BRAVO GB
82
fig. 94
F0Q0688m
WARNING
A heavy load that has not
been secured may cause serious harm to passengers.
WARNING
If you want to carry reserve
fuel in a can, follow law regulations, only using a certified can,
suitably fastened to the load securing
eyelets. Even in this way the risk of
fire is increased in the case of an accident.
fig. 95
F0Q0002m
CARGO BOX
This consists of a moulded part fig. 95, located in the luggage compartment that
may be used to support objects and provide a uniform load compartment level.
10-05-2007
9:10
Pagina 83
BONNET
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
083-104 BRAVO GB
B
TO OPEN THE BONNET
❒ pull lever A-fig. 96 in the direction of
the arrow;
fig. 97
F0Q0690m
fig. 98
F0Q0748m
TO CLOSE THE BONNET
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Proceed as follows:
❒ hold the bonnet up with one hand and
with the other remove rod C-fig. 98
from recess D and fit it back into its
catch;
❒ lower the bonnet at approx. 20 centimetres from the engine compartment
and then let it drop, ensuring that it is
fully closed and not just held in position
by the safety catch. If the bonnet does
not close properly, do not push it down
but open it again and repeat the above
procedure. If the bonnet is not shut
properly, the instrument panel warning
light ´ or symbol S will turn on together with the message on the display
(see section “Warning lights and messages”).
IN AN
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnet,
check that windscreen wiper arms are not
lifted from the windscreen.
F0Q0689m
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
❒ lift the bonnet and at the same time release the rod C-fig. 98 from the catch,
then fit the rod end into the bonnet recess D.
fig. 96
INDEX
❒ pull lever B-fig. 97 and raise the bonnet.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
Proceed as follows:
83
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
083-104 BRAVO GB
84
10-05-2007
9:10
Pagina 84
WARNING
For safety reasons the bonnet must be closed properly
to avoid its opening while the car is
travelling. Therefore, always check it
is properly closed and the catch engaged. Should you notice that the
catch is not perfectly engaged when
travelling, stop the car immediately
and close the bonnet.
WARNING
Carry out operations only
when the car is stationary.
WARNING
If the supporting rod is not
positioned correctly the bonnet may fall violently.
ROOF RACK/SKI RACK
Front couplings are set at points A-fig. 99.
The rear attachments provided are located on points B.
A roof rack/ski rack specially designed for
the car is available at Lineaccessori Fiat.
fig. 99
WARNING
After few kilometres, check
that the fastening screws are
firmly tightened.
Strictly comply with current
law regulations concerning
max. overall dimensions.
F0Q0692m
WARNING
Distribute the load evenly
and when driving, bear in
mind the increased sensitivity of the
car to side wind.
Never exceed the max. permissible loads (see section
“Technical specifications”).
Position 0 - one or two passengers on
front seats.
Proper adjustment of the headlight beams
is of vital importance for your safety and
comfort and also for the other road users.
To ensure you and other drivers have the
best visibility conditions when travelling
with the headlights on, the headlights must
be set properly. Contact Fiat Dealership
to have the headlights properly adjusted.
Position 1 - five passengers.
Position 2 - five passengers + load in the
boot.
fig. 100
F0Q0644m
To adjust the headlight slant
IMPORTANT When turning on gas discharge headlight lamps (where provided),
it is normal that there should be a vertical
movement of lenses, and consequently the
same will also happen to the light beam,
for the time required to achieve the correct headlight trim stabilisation, equal to
approx. 2 seconds.
Press buttons A and B-fig. 100 set on the
central panel; if the car is fitted with
(Xenon) gas discharge headlights, slant adjustment is electronic and therefore buttons A and B are not present.
HEADLIGHT AIMING DEVICE
Displays C, located on the instrument
panel, provides the visual indication of the
positions during the adjustment operation.
This device can be operated with the ignition key at MAR and dipped beams on.
When the car is loaded, it slopes backwards. This means that the headlight beam
rises. In this case, it is necessary to return
it to the correct position.
Press button A this will increase headlight
aiming by one position. Press button B to
decrease headlight aiming by one position.
Position 3 - driver + maximum admitted
load in the boot.
IMPORTANT Check beam aiming every
time the load carried changes.
FOG LIGHT ADJUSTMENT
Contact Fiat Dealership to have the headlights properly adjusted.
HEADLIGHT BEAM
ADJUSTMENT ABROAD
The dipped beam headlights are adjusted
for circulation in the country in which the
car is marketed. In countries with opposite circulation, to avoid glaring oncoming vehicles, it is necessary to cover the
areas of the headlight using a special sticker tape provided for the purpose and available at Lineaccessori Fiat. Contact Fiat
Dealership.
SAFETY
DEVICES
ADJUSTING THE
HEADLIGHT BEAM
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Correct positions as a function
of the load
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
HEADLIGHTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 85
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:10
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
083-104 BRAVO GB
85
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
083-104 BRAVO GB
86
10-05-2007
9:10
Pagina 86
ABS SYSTEM
The car is fitted with ABS braking system,
which prevents the wheels from locking
when braking, makes the most of road grip
and gives the best control when emergency braking under difficult road conditions.
System is completed by EBD (Electronic
Braking Force Distribution), which distributes the braking action between front
and rear wheels.
IMPORTANT To have the maximum efficiency of the braking system, it is necessary a setting period of about 500 km: during this period, it is better to avoid sharp,
repeated and prolonged brakes.
ABS SYSTEM INTERVENTION
The driver can tell the ABS system has
come into action because the brake pedal pulsates slightly and the system gets
noisier: it means that the car speed should
be altered to fit the type of road surface.
WARNING
If the ABS system cuts in it
is a sign that the grip between the tyre and the road surface
has reached the limit you must slow
down to match the speed to the road
grip available.
WARNING
The ABS exploits the tyreroad grip at the best, but it
cannot improve it; you should therefore take every care when driving on
slippery surfaces without taking unnecessary risks.
WARNING
When the ABS cuts in, and
you feel the brake pedal pulsating, do not remove your foot, but
keep it pressed; in doing so you will
stop in the shortest amount of space
possible under the current road conditions.
WARNING
If the instrument panel
warning light x turns on
(together with the message on the display), stop the car immediately and
contact the nearest Fiat Dealership.
Fluid leaks from the hydraulic system,
in fact, can compromise the braking
system, both traditional systems and
systems with ABS.
In this case with sharp braking the rear
wheels might lock too early, with the possibility of skidding. Drive extremely carefully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to have
the system checked.
BRAKE ASSIST
(emergency braking assistance)
(where provided)
The system, which cannot be cut out, recognizes emergency braking (on the ground
of the brake pedal operation speed) and
considerably increases the pressure in the
braking circuit.
Brake Assist is deactivated on versions
equipped with ESP, in the event of ESP system failure (indicated by warning light á
turning on together with the message on
the display).
SAFETY
DEVICES
ABS failure is indicated by the turning on
of warning light > on the instrument panel (together with the dedicated message
on the display) (see section “Warning
lights and messages”). In this case the
braking system is still efficient, though
without the aid of the ABS system. Drive
carefully to the closest Fiat Dealership to
have the system checked.
EBD failure is indicated by the turning on
of warning lights > and x on the instrument panel (together with the message on the display) (see section “Warning lights and messages”).
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ABS failure
EBD failure
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
FAILURE INDICATIONS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 87
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:10
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
083-104 BRAVO GB
87
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
083-104 BRAVO GB
88
10-05-2007
9:10
Pagina 88
ESP SYSTEM
(Electronic Stability
Program)
(where provided)
The ESP system is an electronic system
controlling the car stability in the event of
tyre grip loss.
The ESP system is therefore particularly
useful when grip conditions of the road
surfaces changes.
With ESP, ASR and Hill Holder systems
is also installed (where provided) the MSR
system (engine brake torque control system).
ESP SYSTEM ACTIVATION
HILL HOLDER SYSTEM
The ESP system is automatically activated when the car is started and cannot be
de-activated.
This system is an integral part of the ESP
system and it is provided to facilitate starting on slopes.
It will activate automatically with the following conditions:
WARNING
Performance of the ESP system, in terms of active safety should not induce the driver to take
pointless and unnecessary risks. The
style of driving must in any case always be adapted to the conditions of
the road surface, visibility an traffic.
Road safety is always the driver’s responsibility.
ESP SYSTEM INTERVENTION
It is signalled by the blinking of the warning light á on the instrument panel, to inform the driver that the car is in critical
stability and grip conditions.
FAILURE INDICATIONS
In the event of failure, the ESP system is
automatically disconnected and the warning light á comes on with fixed light on
the instrument panel (on certain versions
together with the message on the display)
(see section “Warning lights and messages”). In this case contact a Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
❒ Uphill: car at a standstill on a road with
a gradient higher than 5%, engine running, clutch and brake pedal pressed,
gearbox to neutral or engaged gear other than reverse.
❒ Downhill: car at a standstill on a road
with a gradient higher than 5%, engine
running, clutch and brake pedal pressed
and reverse gear engaged.
At pickup the ESP system control unit will
keep brake force on wheels until reaching
the torque suitable for starting, or in any
case for max. 2 seconds in order to pass
easily from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal.
After two seconds without starting, the
system will deactivate automatically by releasing gradually the brake force.
At releasing, the typical brake disengagement noise indicating that the car is going to move will be heard.
WARNING
For correct operation of the
ESP and ASR systems, the
tyres must absolutely be of the same
brand and type on all wheels, in perfect conditions and, above all, of
type, brand and size specified.
WARNING
During the use of the spacesaver spare wheel, the ESP
system carries on working. However,
you must remind that the space-saver
spare wheel has dimensions smaller
than the standard tyre and therefore
its grip is reduced as to the other car
tyres.
It is an integral part of the ESP system, it
controls car drive and cuts in automatically every time one or both driving
wheels slip.
Switching the ASR system on/off
The ASR system switches on automatically
each time the engine is started.
Switching on/off is indicated by the relevant message on the display (see section
“Warning lights and messages”).
According to slipping conditions, two different control systems are activated:
❒ if the slipping involves both the driving
wheels, the ASR function intervenes reducing the power transmitted by the
engine;
❒ if the slipping involves only one driving
wheel, the ASR system cuts in automatically braking the wheel that is slipping.
The action of the ASR is particularly helpful in the following circumstances:
❒ slipping of the inner wheel due to the
effect of dynamic load changes or excessive acceleration;
❒ too much power transmitted to the
wheels also in relation to the conditions
of the road surface;
❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy or
frozen surfaces;
❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wet surface (aquaplaning).
WARNING
The performance of the system, in terms of active safety should not induce the driver to take
pointless and unnecessary risks. The
style of driving must in any case always be adapted to the conditions of
the road surface, visibility and traffic.
Road safety is always the driver’s responsibility.
SAFETY
DEVICES
IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system is
not a parking brake. Never get out of the
car without engaging the handbrake,
switching the engine off and engaging the
first gear.
ASR SYSTEM
(Antislip Regulation)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
System failure is indicated by the turning
on of warning light á on the instrument
panel (together with the message on the
display) (see section “Warning lights and
messages”).
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
FAILURE INDICATIONS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 89
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:10
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
083-104 BRAVO GB
89
10-05-2007
9:10
Pagina 90
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
083-104 BRAVO GB
FAILURE INDICATIONS
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
In the event of malfunctioning, the ASR
system is automatically disconnected and
the warning light á will turn on with fixed
light on the instrument panel (together
with the message on the display) (see section “Warning lights and messages”). In
this case contact Fiat Dealership as soon
as possible.
90
fig. 101
WARNING
For correct operation of the
ESP and ASR systems, the
tyres must absolutely be of the same
brand and type on all wheels, in perfect conditions and, above all, of
type, brand and size specified.
F0Q0694m
When travelling ASR can be switched off
and on again by pressing switch ASR OFF
set on the dashboard next to the steering wheel fig. 101.
When the ASR is switched off this is
shown by the lighting up of the led on the
switch (and by the relevant message on
the display) (see section “Warning lights
and messages”).
If the ASR is switched off when travelling,
it will turn on again automatically the next
time the engine is started.
When travelling on snowy roads with
snow chains, it may be helpful to turn the
ASR off: in fact, in these conditions, slipping of the driving wheels when moving off
makes it possible to obtain better drive.
WARNING
When using the spare wheel,
the ASR system is excluded
and the warning light á on the instrument panel turns on glowing
steadily (together with the message
on the display) (see section “Warning lights and messages”).
MSR system (engine braking
torque control)
The car is fitted with a special system, integral with the ASR system, that in case of
sudden gear shifting, cuts in providing
torque to the engine thus preventing excessive driving wheel drive that, specially
in poor grip conditions, can lead to loss of
stability.
The objective is:
❒ To keep system efficiency under control;
❒ Warn when a fault causes emission levels to increase;
❒ Warn of the need to replace deteriorated components.
SAFETY
DEVICES
NOTE The car is provided with a diagnostic connector that can be interfaced
with appropriate tools, which makes it
possible to read the error codes stored in
the control units, together with a series of
specific parameters for engine operation
and diagnosis. This test can also be performed by traffic controller agents.
IMPORTANT: After a servicing operation
at Fiat Dealership aimed to eliminate malfunctioning connected to the EOBD system, in order to check the system thoroughly it could be required to run a bench
test and, if necessary, road tests which
may also call for a long journey.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The European On Board Diagnostic system (EOBD), fitted to engine electronic
control units, allows monitoring and warning of any malfunction to the electronic
systems that could increase exhaust emissions.
This diagnostic system indicates the presence of deteriorated components or system malfunctioning (see section “Warning lights and messages”) by the turning on
of the instrument panel warning light U
(together with the message on the display).
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
EOBD SYSTEM
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 91
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:10
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
083-104 BRAVO GB
91
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
083-104 BRAVO GB
92
10-05-2007
9:10
Pagina 92
SOUND SYSTEM
(where provided)
WARNING
For connection to existing
car presetting system, contact Fiat Dealership to prevent any
trouble that could impair car safety.
For the operation of the radio with CD/
MP3 CD player (where provided), read
the instructions for use given in the Supplement attached to this Owner Handbook.
fig. 102
F0Q0691m
Sound system installation
The sound system shall be installed in the
proper space occupied by the central oddment compartment A-fig. 102, here you
will find the preset cables.
To remove the oddment compartment
press the retaining devices in the points
shown in the figure.
Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorizes the installation
of transceivers, provided that installation
is workmanlike performed in compliance
with Manufacturer’s specifications at a specialised service centre.
Fiat Auto S.p.A. declines all responsibility
due to damages connected with the installation of accessories/devices not supplied by or recommended by Fiat Auto
S.p.A. and installed not in compliance with
the specified prescriptions.
IMPORTANT The use of similar devices
inside the passenger compartment (without separated aerial) produces radio-frequency electromagnetic fields which, amplified by the resonance effects inside the
passenger compartment, may cause electrical systems equipping the car to malfunction. This could compromise safety in
addition to constituting a potential hazard
for the passengers.
Radio transceiver equipment (e.g.: e-tacs
mobile phones, HAM radio systems and
the like) shall not be used inside the car
unless a separate aerial is mounted on the
roof.
In addition, transmission and reception of
these devices may be affected by the
shielding effect of the car body.
As concerns
-approved mobile phones
(GSM, GPRS, UMTS), strictly comply with
the instructions for use provided by the
mobile phone’s manufacturer.
SAFETY
DEVICES
RADIO TRANSMITTERS AND
CELLULAR TELEPHONES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Electric/electronic devices installed after
buying the car and in after-market shall
bear the following marking:
IMPORTANT The installation of devices
involving modifications of car characteristics may determine the withdrawal of the
driving licence by the appointed public authorities and the forfeiture of the warranty
as concerns defects/failures due to said
modification or leading directly or indirectly to it.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
INSTALLATION OF
ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 93
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:10
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
083-104 BRAVO GB
93
9:10
Pagina 94
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC
POWER STEERING
SYSTEM
The car is provided with the electrically
controlled power steering system called
“Dualdrive” working only with ignition key
at MAR and engine running, that can be
customised by the driver according to the
driving conditions.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
10-05-2007
SAFETY
DEVICES
083-104 BRAVO GB
94
IMPORTANT When turning quickly the
ignition key, power steering full operation
is obtained after 1-2 seconds.
fig. 103
F0Q0693m
FAILURE INDICATIONS
ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION
(CITY function) (where provided)
Any failure is indicated by the turning on
of warning light g , together with the
message on the display (on certain versions a symbol is displayed) (see section
“Warning lights and messages”).
To connect/disconnect the CITY function, press button A-fig. 103 set on the
dashboard next to the steering wheel.
In the event of electric power steering system failure, the car can be driven with mechanical steering.
Activation of this function is indicated by
the word CITY on the instrument panel
display (on certain versions it is also indicated by the turning on of the CITY warning light).
When the CITY function is on the steering wheel effort is lighter and thus parking
operations are easier: therefore this function is particularly useful for driving in city
centres.
fig. 104
F0Q0499m
SPORT FUNCTION
(where provided)
The vehicle may be equipped with a system that allows a choice between two driving modes: normal and sports.
Press the SPORT button fig. 104 to set
the system for a sporty drive with
prompter acceleration response and stiffer
steering wheel movements for a sportier
feel.
Pressing SPORT button enables the overboost function.
This function enables the engine control
unit to reach maximum pressure levels inside the turbocharger, depending on the
position of the accelerator pedal and for
a limited time. This enables to achieve an
increased engine torque.
This function is quite useful if maximum
performance is required for a short time
(e.g. overcoming other vehicles).
IMPORTANT during acceleration, when
the SPORT function is in use, it is possible
to feel steering judder, which is typical of
this sporty setting.
IMPORTANT The steering may become
slightly stiff following parking manoeuvres
including a great deal of steering. This is
normal and caused by a system to prevent
motor overheating. No servicing is required. The electric power steering system will return to normal operation the
next time the car is used.
Using the SPORT function, fuel consumption will be slightly higher than the values
stated in paragraph “Fuel consumption” in
this Supplement.
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden to
carry out whatever aftermarket operation involving steering
system or steering column modifications (e.g.: installation of anti-theft
device) that could badly affect performance and safety, cause the lapse
of warranty and also result in noncompliance of the car with homologation requirements.
WARNING
Always switch the engine off,
remove the key from the
starting device and actuate the steering lock before carrying out any maintenance operation, especially when
the wheels are raised from the
ground. In case this is not possible
(e.g. when the key must be in MAR
position or the engine running), remove the electric power steering
main fuse before carrying out any
maintenance operation.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Accelerating violently increasing the revs
will greatly affect consumption and emissions: to contain fuel consumption acceleration should be gradual.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT when the SPORT button is
pressed, the function activates after about
5 seconds.
Acceleration
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
When the function is on, the S symbol is
lit on the instrument panel. Press the button again to turn off the function and restore normal steering settings.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 95
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:10
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
083-104 BRAVO GB
95
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
083-104 BRAVO GB
96
10-05-2007
9:10
Pagina 96
TYRE PRESSURE
MONITORING SYSTEM
T.P.M.S.
(where provided)
The car can be equipped with the T.P.M.S.
(Tyre Pressure Monitoring System). This
system consists of a radio-frequency sensor, installed on each wheel (on the rim
inside the tyre) that sends pressure information to the control unit.
WARNING
Pay the utmost attention
when checking or inflating
tyres. Excessive pressure impairs road
holding, increases suspension and
wheel stress and causes abnormal
tyre wear.
WARNING
Tyre pressure should be
checked with tyres rested
and cold. Should it become necessary
for whatever reason to check pressure
with hot tyres, do not reduce pressure
although it is higher than the prescribed value but repeat the check
when tyres are cold.
WARNING
The T.P.M.S. system does not
exempt the driver to check
tyre and spare wheel pressure at regular intervals (see paragraph “Wheels”
in section “Car maintenance”).
IMPORTANT NOTES ABOUT
THE T.P.M.S. SYSTEM
Failure indications will not be stored and
therefore will not be displayed when turning the engine off and on again. If failure
persists, the control unit will send warning indications to the instrument panel only after a few seconds when the car is
moving.
WARNING
T.P.M.S. system cannot indicate sudden tyre pressure
drops (e.g.: tyre burst). In this event,
brake the car cautiously and avoid
sudden steering.
WARNING
If the car is fitted with
T.P.M.S. system, when
changing a tyre, change also the rubber seal of the valve. Contact a Fiat
Dealership.
WARNING
Strong radio-frequency noises could inhibit the regular
operation of the T.P.M.S. system.
This condition will be indicated by the
turning on of warning light nor symbol on the instrument panel, together with the message on the display.
Such indication will disappear automatically as soon as radio-frequency
noises will stop to disturb the system.
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
If the car is fitted with
T.P.M.S. system, tyre and/or
rim removal and refitting operations
involve special precautions; to prevent damages or wrong sensor refitting, contact Fiat Dealership to have
tyre and/or rim changed.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
WARNING
The T.P.M.S. system requires special equipment.
Consult Fiat Dealership to know
what type of accessories are compatible with the system (wheels,
wheel caps, etc.). Using other accessories could cause system malfunctioning.
WARNING
Tyre pressure could change
according to outside temperature. For this reason the T.P.M.S.
system could temporarily indicate low
tyre pressure. In this event check pressure with cold tyres and restore proper inflation values if required.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Replacing standard tyres
with winter tyres and vice
versa involves T.P.M.S. system set-up
that shall be performed at Fiat Dealerships only.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 97
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:10
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
083-104 BRAVO GB
97
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
083-104 BRAVO GB
98
10-05-2007
9:10
Pagina 98
In order to use the system properly, refer to the following table when you have to change wheels/tyres:
Operation
Sensor presence
Failure indication
Fiat Dealership
service operation
–
–
YES
Contact Fiat
Dealership
Wheel change
with spare wheel
NO
YES
Repair damaged
wheel
Wheel change
with snow tyres
NO
YES
Contact Fiat
Dealership
Wheel change
with snow tyres
YES
NO
–
Wheel change
with others of different
size (*)
YES
NO
Contact Fiat
Dealership
Wheel cross switching
(front/rear) (**)
YES
NO
–
(*) Given as an alternative on the Owner Handbook and available at Lineaccessori Fiat.
(**) Not cross switched (tyres shall stay on the same side).
Pagina 99
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
PARKING SENSORS
(where provided)
F0Q0745m
The sensors are deactivated by pressing
the t fig. 107 again or exceeding a
speed of 15 km/h: the warning light on the
button is off when the system is inactive.
SENSORS
ACTIVATION
Version with 4 sensors
In the version with 4 rear sensors, the system turns on automatically when reverse
is engaged.
F0Q0035m
The system may be activated by pressing
the button t fig. 107 located on the
centre panel: a warning light on the button comes on when the system is active.
The driver is warned of the presence and
distance from the obstacle by an intermittent buzzer (the sound of the buzzer
becomes more frequent as the reduction
of distance between the car and the obstacle decreases).
To detect obstacles the system used 4
sensors located on the front bumper
(where provided) fig. 105 and 4 sensors
located on the rear bumper fig. 106.
fig. 107
fig. 106
F0Q0603m
Version with 8 sensors
In the version with 4 rear sensors and 4
front sensors, the system activates when
reverse is engaged or when the button is
pressed t fig. 107.
When reverse is released, the rear sensors and front sensors remain active until a speed of approximately 15 km/h is exceeded to allow the parking manoeuvre
to be completed.
When the sensors are activated, the system begins to emit acoustic signals from
the front or rear indicators as soon as an
obstacle is detected. The frequency arises as soon as the car approaches the obstacle.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 105
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
This system is therefore an aid for the driver when parking the car since it detects
obstacles out of the driver’s sight range.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Parking sensors inform the driver about
the presence of obstacles behind the car
(versions fitted with 4 rear sensors) or behind and in front of the car (versions fitted with 4 rear sensors and 4 front sensors).
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:10
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
083-104 BRAVO GB
99
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
083-104 BRAVO GB
100
10-05-2007
9:10
Pagina 100
When the obstacle is located at a distance
of less than 30 cm, the device emits a continuous sound. Depending on the position
of the obstacle (in front or behind) the
sound is emitted by the corresponding
acoustic indicators (front or rear). The obstacle closest to the vehicle is indicated
in all cases.
The beep will stop immediately if the distance raises. Beep tone is constant if the
distance detected by central sensors is unvaried. If this situation takes place for side
sensors, the signal is stopped after about
3 seconds to prevent sound indications
when performing manoeuvres near walls.
WARNING
Parking manoeuvres however are always under the driver’s responsibility that shall always
check the absence of people (specially children) or animals in the manoeuvre space. This system is just a
help for the driver but she/he shall never reduce attention during dangerous
manoeuvres even if performed at low
speed.
BUZZER WARNINGS
The driver is warned of the presence and
distance from the obstacle by the buzzers
installed in the passenger compartment:
❒ in versions with 4 rear sensors, a
buzzer located in the front dashboard
area warns of the presence of rear obstacles;
❒ In versions with 8 rear sensors (4 front
and 4 rear) a front buzzer warns of the
presence of front obstacles and a
buzzer at the rear warns of the presence of rear obstacles. This feature
gives the driver a sense of directionality (front/rear) about the presence of
obstacles.
When the reverse gear is engaged an intermittent acoustic signal is automatically
activated.
The acoustic signal:
❒ becomes louder as the reduction of
distance between the car and the obstacle decreases;
❒ becomes continuous when the distance
between the car and the obstacle is less
that 30 cm and stops immediately if the
distance raises;
❒ is constant if the distance is unvaried. If
this situation takes place for side sensors, the signal is stopped after about
3 seconds to prevent sound indications
when performing manoeuvres near
walls.
For proper operation, the
parking sensors set on the
bumpers shall be clean from
mud, dirt, snow or ice. When
cleaning the sensors, take the utmost
care to prevent their damaging; do not
use therefore dry or rough clothes. Sensors shall be washed with clean water
and car detergent, if required. In washing stations, clean sensors quickly keeping the vapour jet/high pressure washing nozzles at 10 cm at least from the
sensors.
Any repainting of bumpers or
touch/up in sensor areas shall
be carried out at Fiat Dealership only. Improper painting
could impair the regular operation of
parking sensors.
Actually their position covers the central
and side areas of the front and rear part
of the car.
An obstacle positioned at central area is
detected at a distance less than 0.9 m
(front) and 1.40 m (rear).
An obstacle positioned at side area is detected at a distance less than 0.6 m.
OPERATION WITH TRAILER
Parking sensor operation is deactivated
automatically when the trailer electric cable plug is fitted into the car tow hook
socket.
Sensors are reactivated when removing
the trailer cable plug.
IMPORTANT If you wish to leave the
tow-hook fitted without a trailer attached,
contact your Fiat Dealership to update the
system because the tow-hook will be detected as an obstacle by the central sensors.
GENERAL WARNINGS
When parking, take the utmost care to
obstacles set above or under the sensors.
Objects set close to the car front or rear
part, under certain circumstances are not
detected and could therefore cause damages to the car.
Parking sensors regular operation could
be affected by the following conditions:
❒ Indications sent by the sensors can be
altered by dirt, snow or ice deposited
on the sensors or by multiple painting.
❒ Sensors detect non-existing objects,
“echo disturbances” due to: car washing,
rain (with very strong wind), hail, etc.
❒ Indications sent by the sensors can also be altered by ultrasound systems
(e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes or pneumatic hammers) set nearby the car.
❒ Parking sensors performance can also
be affected by sensor position; for example changes to the car set-up due to
shock-absorber wear, suspensions,
changing tyres, loading the car too
much, implementing special tuning to
lower the car.
❒ Presence of obstacles at the upper side
of the car not be detected since the system detects obstacles that could knock
into the lower side of the car.
SAFETY
DEVICES
In the event of sensor failures, when engaging the reverse gear the driver is
warned by the turning on of warning light
è on the instrument panel or by symbol
t, together with the message on the display (see section “Warning lights and messages”).
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
FAILURE INDICATIONS
Sensors enable the system to monitor the
front part (versions with 8 sensors) and
the rear part of the car.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
SENSOR DETECTION RANGE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 101
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:10
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
083-104 BRAVO GB
101
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
083-104 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
9:10
Pagina 102
AT THE FILLING
STATION
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
PETROL ENGINES
102
Use only unleaded petrol.
To prevent errors, the diameter of the fuel tank filler is too small to introduce a lead
petrol pump filler.
Use petrol with a rated octane number
(R.O.N.) not lower than 95.
IMPORTANT An inefficient catalyst leads
to harmful exhaust emissions, thus contributing to air pollution.
IMPORTANT Never use leaded petrol,
even in small amount or in an emergency,
as this would damage the catalyst beyond
repair.
DIESEL ENGINES
If the outside temperature is very low, the
diesel thickens due to the formation of
paraffins and could clog the diesel fuel filter.
In order to avoid these problems, different types of diesel are distributed according to the season: summer type, winter type arctic type (mountains/cold areas).
If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitable for
the current temperature, mix diesel fuel
with TUTELA DIESEL ART additive in the
proportions stated on the can, putting first
the antifreeze in the tank and then the
diesel fuel.
Refuel with local diesel fuel if the car is
used/parked in the mountains or in cold
areas for a long period. In this event you
are recommended to keep an amount of
fuel higher than 50% in the tank.
The car must only be filled
with diesel fuel for motor vehicles, in compliance with European Specification EN590.
The use of other products or mixtures
may irreparably damage the engine
with invalidation of the warranty due
to the damage caused. In the event of
accidentally filling with another type
of fuel, do not start the engine and
empty the tank. If the engine has been
run even for only a very short time, in
addition to the tank, it is also necessary
to drain out the whole fuel circuit.
REFUELLING
To ensure full tank refuelling, carry out
two top-up operations once the delivery
gun has turned off twice. Avoid further
top-up operations which could cause faults
in the fuel system.
❒ three-way catalytic converter;
❒ Lambda sensor;
fig. 108
❒ fuel evaporation system.
F0Q0695m
FUEL FILLER CAP fig. 108
To carry out fuelling, open flap A and unscrew cap B: the cap is fitted with an antiloss device C which fastens it to the flap
so it cannot be mislaid.
The cap B is fitted with key-lock: open the
lid A, then, turn the ignition key in the lock
and open the cap.
When refuelling, secure the cap to the device inside the lid as shown in the figure.
WARNING
Keep naked flames or lighted cigarettes away from the
fuel filler hole as there is a danger of
fire. Do not bend too close to the hole
either so as not to breathe in harmful
vapours.
In addition, do not let the engine run, even
for a test, with one or more spark plugs
disconnected.
The devices for curtailing diesel fuel engine emissions are the following:
❒ oxidising catalytic converter;
❒ exhaust gas recirculation system
(E.G.R.);
❒ Lambda sensors;
❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF) (where
provided it is fitted instead of the Lambda sensor).
SAFETY
DEVICES
The devices for curtailing petrol engine
emissions are the following:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
After refuelling, turn the cap clockwise until it clicks, then turn the key clockwise,
remove it and close the flap.
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
IMPORTANT The sealing of the tank may
cause light pressurising in the tank. A little breathing off, while slackening the cap,
is absolutely normal.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 103
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:10
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
083-104 BRAVO GB
103
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
083-104 BRAVO GB
104
10-05-2007
9:10
Pagina 104
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
(DPF) (where provided)
The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechanical filter, integral with the exhaust system,
that physically traps particulate present
in the exhaust gases of Diesel engines.
The diesel particular filter has been adopted to eliminate almost totally particulates
in compliance with current / future law
regulations.
During normal use of the car, the engine
control unit records a set of data (e.g.:
travel time, type of route, temperatures,
etc.) and it will then calculate how much
particulates has been trapped by the filter.
Since this filter physically traps particulates,
it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) at regular
intervals by burning carbon particles. Reclaiming procedure is controlled automatically by the engine control unit according to the filter conditions and the
conditions of use of the car.
During reclaiming the following phenomena could take place: idling slight increase,
fan activation, slight smoke increase, high
exhaust temperatures. These situations
shall not be considered as faults and they
do not affect car performance and environment.
Diesel Particulate Filter clogged
If the warning light h on the instrument panel turns on (together with the
message on the display) refer to section
“Warning lights and messages”.
WARNING
During normal service the
catalyst and the diesel particulate filter (DPF) reach high temperatures. Do not therefore park the
car over inflammable materials (grass,
dry leaves, pine needles, etc.): fire
hazard.
S.B.R. SYSTEM ........................................................................
108
PRETENSIONERS ...................................................................
109
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY.......................................
112
PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE
ISOFIX CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM...............................
117
FRONT AIR BAGS .................................................................
120
SIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Window bag) ......................
123
SAFETY
DEVICES
106
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SEAT BELTS ............................................................................
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
SAFETY DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 105
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
105
10-05-2007
9:12
Pagina 106
SEAT BELTS
USING THE SEAT BELTS
The belt should be worn keeping the chest
straight and rested against the seat back.
To fasten seat belts, take the tongue
A-fig. 1 and insert it into the buckle B,
until hearing the locking click.
fig. 1
F0Q0696m
To unfasten the seat belts, press button
C. Guide the seat belt with your hand
while it is rewinding, to prevent it from
twisting.
When the car is parked on a steep slope
the reel mechanism may block; this is normal. The reel mechanism prevents the
webbing coming out when it is jerked or
if the car brakes sharply, in a collision or
when cornering at high speed.
Through the reel, the belt automatically
adapts to the body of the passenger wearing it, allowing freedom of movement.
The rear seat is fitted with inertial seat
belts with three anchor points and reel for
side and central seats.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
At removal, if it jams, let it rewind for a
short stretch, then pull it out again without jerking.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
105-128 BRAVO GB
106
fig. 2
F0Q0267m
Rear seat belts shall be worn as shown in
fig. 2.
WARNING
Never press button C-fig. 1
when travelling.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 107
IMPORTANT When the seat back is coupled properly, the “red band” B-fig. 3 present aside lever A disappears. The “red
band” actually indicates improper seat
back coupling.
IMPORTANT Remember that in the
event of a violent collision, back seat passengers not wearing seat belts also represent a serious danger for the front seat
passengers.
fig. 4
F0Q0697m
ADJUSTING THE FRONT SEAT
BELT HEIGHT
Four different adjustments in height are
provided.
To adjust, press button A-fig. 4 and lower or raise the grip B.
Always adjust the height of the seat belt
to fit the person wearing it. This precaution could greatly reduce the risk of injury
in case of collision.
Correct adjustment is obtained when the
belt passes half way between the end of
the shoulder and the neck.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0Q0683m
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
fig. 3
WARNING
Make sure the seat back is
correctly hooked on both
sides (“red bands” B-fig. 3 not visible)
to prevent seat back being thrown
forwards and injuring passengers
should you brake sharply.
SAFETY
DEVICES
IMPORTANT After putting the seats back
to their travelling position, restore the
seat belt position to make them ready for
use.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
107
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
105-128 BRAVO GB
108
10-05-2007
9:12
Pagina 108
WARNING
Make the height adjustment
when the car is stationary.
WARNING
After adjustment, always
check that the slider is anchored in one of the positions provided. To do this, with the button Afig. 4 released, exert a further pressure to allow the anchor device to
catch if release did not take place at
one of the preset position.
S.B.R. SYSTEM
With multifunction display, the S.B.R. system can only be reset at Fiat Dealership.
The car is fitted with the S.B.R. system
(Seat Belt Reminder), consisting of a
buzzer which, together with the turning
on of warning light < on the instrument
panel, warns the driver to fasten the seat
belt.
With reconfigurable multifunction display,
the S.B.R. system can also be reset through
the set-up menu.
For permanent deactivation, contact Fiat
Dealership.
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest degree of protection from the action of the
pretensioning device, wear the seat belt
keeping it firmly close to the chest and
pelvis.
Pretensioner activation may produce a
small amount of smoke. This smoke is in
no way toxic and presents no fire hazard.
WARNING
The pretensioner can only
be used once. After a collision that has triggered it, have it replaced at a Fiat Dealership. Pretensioner validity is written on the label
located inside the lower oddment
compartment. Pretensioners should
be replaced at Fiat Dealership as this
date approaches.
LOAD LIMITERS
To increase passenger’s safety, the front
and rear (where provided) seat belt reels
contain a load limiter which allows controlled sag in such a way as to dose the
force acting on the shoulders during the
belt restraining action in case of front
crash.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Operations which lead to
knocks, vibrations or localised
heating (over 100°C for a
maximum of 6 hours) in the
area around the pretensioners may
cause damage or trigger them. These
devices are not affected by vibrations
caused by irregularities of the road surface or low obstacles such as kerbs, etc.
Contact a Fiat Dealership for any assistance.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
To increase the efficiency of the front and
rear (where provided) seat belts, the car
is fitted with pretensioners. These devices,
in the event of violent front and side crash,
rewind the seat belts a few centimetres.
In this way they ensure that the seat belt
adheres perfectly to the wearer before the
restraining action begins. The seat belt
locks to indicate that the device has intervened; the seat belt cannot be drawn
back up even when guiding it manually.
The pretensioner does not require any
maintenance or greasing. Anything that
modifies its original conditions invalidates
its efficiency. If due to unusual natural
events (floods, seas storm, etc.) the device
has been affected by water and mud, it
must necessarily be replaced.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
PRETENSIONERS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 109
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
109
10-05-2007
9:12
Pagina 110
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
105-128 BRAVO GB
110
fig. 5
F0Q0015m
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR
USING THE SEAT BELTS
The driver must comply with (and have
the car occupants follow) all the local legal regulations concerning the use of seat
belts. Always fasten the seat belts before
starting.
Seat belts are also to be worn by expectant mothers: the risk of injury in the case
of accident is greatly reduced for them and
the unborn child if they are wearing a seat
belt. Of course they must position the
lower part of the belt very low down so
that it passes under the abdomen (as illustrated in fig. 5).
fig. 6
F0Q0038m
IMPORTANT The belt should not be twisted. The upper part should pass over the
shoulder and cross the chest diagonally. The
lower part should adhere to the pelvis (as
shown in fig. 6) and not the abdomen of the
passenger. Do not use any objects (pegs,
stoppers, etc.) to keep the belts away from
the body.
WARNING
For maximum safety, keep
the back of your seat upright, lean back into it and make sure
the seat belt fits closely across your
chest and hips. Make sure that the
seat belts of the front and rear passengers are fastened at all times! You
increase the risk of serious injury or
death in a collision if you travel with
the belts unfastened.
fig. 7
F0Q0039m
IMPORTANT Never travel with a child
sitting on the passenger’s lap with a single belt to protect them both fig. 7. Do
not fasten other objects to the body.
Observe the following:
❒ replace the seat belt when showing significant wear or cut signs.
❒ always use the belt with the tap taut and
never twisted; make sure that it is free
to run without impediments;
❒ after a serious accident, replace the belt
being worn at that time, even if it does
not appear damaged. Always replace
the seat belts if pretensioners have
been activated;
❒ to clean the belts, wash by hand with
neutral soap, rinse and leave to dry in
the shade. Never use strong detergents, bleach or dyes or other chemical substance that might weaken the fibres;
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ prevent the reels from getting wet:
their correct operation is only guaranteed if water does not get inside;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
WARNING
If the belt has been subjected to heavy stress, for example after an accident, it should be
changed completely together with
the anchors, anchor fastening screws
and the pretensioners. In fact, even if
the belt has no visible defects, it could
have lost its resilience.
HOW TO KEEP THE SEAT
BELTS ALWAYS IN EFFICIENT
CONDITIONS
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Under no circumstances
should the components of the
seat belts and pretensioners be tampered with or removed. Any operation
should be carried out by qualified and
authorised personnel. Always contact
a Fiat Dealership.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 111
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
111
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
105-128 BRAVO GB
112
10-05-2007
9:12
Pagina 112
CARRYING CHILDREN
SAFELY
For optimal protection in the event of a
crash, all passengers must be seated and
wearing adequate restraint systems.
This is even more important for children.
This prescription is compulsory in all EC
countries according to EC Directive
2003/20/EC.
Compared with adults, their head is proportionally larger and heavier than the rest
of the body, while the muscles and bone
structure are not completely developed.
Therefore, correct restraint systems are
necessary, other than adult seat belts.
The results of research on the best child
restraint systems are contained in the European Standard EEC-R44. This Standard
enforces the use of restraint systems classified in five groups:
Group 0
0-10 kg in weight
Group 0+
0-13 kg in weight
Group 1
9-18 kg in weight
Group 2
15-25 kg in weight
Group 3
22-36 kg in weight
As it may be noted, the groups overlap
partly and in fact, in commerce it is possible to find devices that cover more than
one weight group.
All restraint devices must bear the certification data, together with the control
brand, on a solidly fixed label which must
absolutely never be removed.
Over 1.50 m in height, from the point of
view of restraint systems, children are
considered as adults and wear the seat
belts normally.
Lineaccessori Fiat offers seats for each
weight group, which are the recommended choice, as they have been designed and
experimented specifically for Fiat cars.
WARNING
With front passenger’s air
bag active do not place cradle child’s seats facing backwards on
the front passenger seat since the air
bag activation could cause serious injuries, even mortal regardless of the
seriousness of the crash. You are advised to carry children always on the
rear seat, as this is the most protected position in the case of a crash.
WARNING
SERIOUS DANGER Should it
be absolutely necessary to
carry a child on the front passenger’s seat with the cradle
seat facing backwards, passenger’s air bags (front and side
bags, where provided), shall be deactivated through the setup menu. Deactivation shall be checked through the instrument panel warning light “. The
front passenger’s seat shall also be adjusted in the most backward position to
prevent any contact between child’s
seat and dashboard.
F0Q0430m
GROUP 0 and 0+
GROUP 1
Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facing
backwards on a cradle seat, which, supporting the head, does not induce stress
on the neck in the event of sharp deceleration.
Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight, children may be carried facing forwards, with
seat fitted with front cushion, through
which the car seat belt restrains both child
and seat fig. 9.
The cradle is restrained by the car seat
belts, as shown in fig. 8 and in turn it must
restrain the child with its own belts.
WARNING
The figure is only an example for mounting. Attain to
the instructions for fastening which
must be enclosed with the specific
child restraining system you are using.
SAFETY
DEVICES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 9
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
F0Q0429m
WARNING
Seats exist which are suitable for covering weight
groups 0 and 1 with a rear connection
to the car belts and their own belts to
restrain the child. Due to their size,
they can be dangerous if installed incorrectly fastened to the car belts
with a cushion. Carefully follow the
instructions for installation provided
with the seat.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 113
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 8
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
113
10-05-2007
9:12
Pagina 114
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
105-128 BRAVO GB
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
The illustrations are indicative only for assembly. Assemble the seat according to the compulsory instructions provided with it.
114
fig. 10
F0Q0431m
fig. 11
F0Q0432m
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight, children may be restrained directly by the car
belts fig. 10. The only function of the seat
is to position the child correctly in relation to the belts, so that the diagonal part
adheres to the chest and not to the neck
and that the horizontal part clings to the
child’s pelvis and not the abdomen.
For children from 22 kg to 36 kg the size
of the child’s chest no longer requires a
support to space the child’s back from the
seat back.
Fig. 11 shows proper child seat positioning on the rear seat.
Children taller than 1.50 m can wear seat
belts like adults.
Range of weight
Front
passenger
Rear
passenger
Central rear
passenger
Group 0, 0+
up to 13 kg
U
U
U
Group 1
9-18 kg
U
U
U
Group 2
15-25 kg
U
U
U
Gruppo 3
22-36 kg
U
U
U
Key:
U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Group
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Your car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC regulating child’s seat assembling on the different car seats according to the following table:
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON CHILD’S SEAT USE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 115
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
115
10-05-2007
9:12
Pagina 116
1) The recommended position for installing child’s seat is on the rear seat, as
it is the most protected in the case of a
crash.
2) If the passenger airbag is deactivated,
always check that it is properly deactivated by ensuring the warning light “ is on
with a fixed light on the instrument panel.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
Below is a summary of the rules of
safety to be followed for carrying
children:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
105-128 BRAVO GB
116
3) Attain to the instructions for fastening
the specific child restraint system which
you are using. These instructions must be
provided by the manufacturer. Keep the
child restraint system installation instructions with the car documents and this
Handbook. Never use a child restraint system without installation instructions.
4) Always check the seat belt is well fastened by pulling the webbing.
5) Only one child is to be strapped to
each retaining system.
6) Always check the seat belts do not fit
around the child’s throat.
7) While travelling, do not let the child
sit incorrectly or release the belts.
8) Passengers should never carry children
on their laps. No-one, however strong
they are, can hold a child in the event of
a crash.
9) In case of an accident, replace the
child’s seat with a new one.
WARNING
With passenger’s air bag active, never place child’s seats
with the cradle facing backwards
since the air bag activation could
cause to the child serious injuries,
even mortal, regardless of the seriousness of the crash that triggered it.
You are advised to carry children always with proper restraint systems on
the rear seats, as this is the most protected position in the case of a crash.
Pagina 117
fig. 13
It is possible to mount at the same time
both the traditional restraint system and
the Isofix one.
Remember that in case of Universal Isofix
child’s seat, you can only use all those
seats approved with the marking ECE
R44/03 Isofix.
Fig. 12 shows a child’s seat by way of example. The Universal Isofix child’s seat
covers weight group: 1.
Other weight groups are covered by a
specific Isofix child seat that can be used
only if specifically designed, tested and approved for his vehicle (see the list of vehicles accompanying the child seat).
F0Q0698m
fig. 12
F0Q0614m
Due to its different anchoring system, the
Universal Isofix child’s seat shall be anchored to the proper lower metal rings
A-fig. 13, set between rear seat back and
cushion. The upper belt (provided with
the child’s seat) shall be then secured to
ring B-fig. 14 set at the back of the seat
backrest at child’s seat height.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
This car is preset for mounting the Universal Isofix child restraint system, a new
European standardised system for carrying children safely.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
PRESETTING FOR
MOUNTING THE
ISOFIX CHILD
RESTRAINT SYSTEM
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
117
10-05-2007
9:12
Pagina 118
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
105-128 BRAVO GB
At Lineaccessori Fiat is available the “Duo
Plus” Universal Isofix child’s seat .
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
For any further installation/use detail, refer to the “Instructions Manual” that must
be provided by the child’s restraints system Manufacturer.
118
fig. 14
F0Q0699m
WARNING
Mount the child restraint
system only with the car stationary. The Isofix child restraint system is properly anchored to the
mounting brackets when clicks are
heard. In any case, keep to the installation instructions that must be
provided by the child restraint system
Manufacturer.
Child’s seat
orientation
Group 0 to 10 kg
Facing backwards
E
IL
Facing backwards
E
IL
Facing backwards
D
IL
Facing backwards
C
IL (*)
Facing backwards
D
IL
Facing backwards
C
IL (*)
Facing forwards
B
IUF
Facing forwards
B1
IUF
Facing forwards
A
IUF
Group 0+ to 13 kg
Group I - 9 to 18 kg
Isofix class
Isofix position
side rear
IUF: suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), approved for the weight group.
IL:
suitable for Isofix TYPE child restraint systems, specific and approved for this type of car. The child’s seat can be installed by
moving forward the front seat.
(*)
The Isofix child seat can be mounted by positioning the front seat at its full height.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Range of weight
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different installation possibilities of Universal Isofix restraint
systems on seats fitted with Isofix fasteners.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON UNIVERSAL ISOFIX CHILD’S SEAT USE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 119
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
119
9:12
Pagina 120
FRONT AIR BAGS
The front air bags (driver and passenger)
and driver’s knees air bag (where provided) have been designed to protect the occupants in the event of head-on crashes of
medium-high severity, by placing the cushion between the occupant and the steering wheel or dashboard.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
10-05-2007
SAFETY
DEVICES
105-128 BRAVO GB
120
The car is fitted with front air bags for the
driver, for the passenger and with driver’s
knees air bag (where provided).
Front air bags are designed to protect
car’s occupants in front crashes and therefore non-activation in other types of collisions (side collisions, rear shunts, rollovers, etc.) is not a system malfunction.
In case of front crash, an electronic control unit, when required, triggers the inflation of the cushion according to the
severity of the collision. The cushion immediately inflates, placing itself as a protection between the body of the front occupants and the structure that could cause
injuries. Immediately after, the cushion deflates.
The front driver / passenger air bags and
the driver’s knees air bag (where provided) are not a replacement of but complementary to the use of belts, which should
always be worn, as specified by law in Europe and most non European countries.
In case of crash, a person not wearing the
seat belt moves forward and may come into contact with the cushion while it is still
inflating. Under this circumstance the protection offered by the air bag is reduced.
Front air bag may not be activated in the
following situations:
❒ front collisions against highly deformable objects not affecting the car
front surface (e.g. bumper collision
against guard rail, etc.);
❒ in case of wedging under other vehicles
or protective barriers (for example under a truck or guard rail);
as it offers no additional protection compared with the seat belts, consequently,
it would be pointless. Therefore, failure to
come into action in the above circumstances does not mean that the system is
not working properly.
WARNING
Do not apply stickers or other objects to the steering
wheel or to the air bag cover on the
passenger’s side or on the side roof
lining. Do not put objects on the
dashboard on passenger side since
they could interfere with proper passenger air bag inflation and cause injuries to the car’s passengers.
It consists of an instant-inflating cushion
contained in a special recess in the centre of the steering wheel.
WARNING
Always keep your hands on
the steering wheel rim when
driving, so that if the air bag is triggered, it can inflate without meeting
any obstacles which could cause serious harm to you. Do not drive with
the body bent forwards, keep the seat
back rest in the erect position and
lean your back well against it.
F0Q0700m
PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG
fig. 16
It consists of an instant-inflating cushion
contained into a special recess in the
dashboard, this cushion has a volume bigger than that of the driver.
The driver’s and passenger’s front Air bags
have been designed and calibrated to improve the protection of a person wearing seat belts.
At their maximum inflation, their volume
fills most of the space between the dashboard and the passenger.
SAFETY
DEVICES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG fig. 15
fig. 16
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
F0Q0624m
WARNING
SERIOUS DANGER: With
passenger’s air bag active,
never place child’s seats with
the cradle facing backwards
since the air bag activation
could cause to the child serious injuries, even mortal. In the case of
need, always deactivate the passenger’s air bag when a child’s seat is
placed on the front seat. The front
passenger’s seat shall be adjusted in
the most backward position to prevent any contact between child’s seat
and dashboard. Even if not compulsory by law, you are recommended to
reactivate the air bag immediately as
soon as child transport is no longer
necessary.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 121
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
fig. 15
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
121
10-05-2007
9:12
Pagina 122
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
105-128 BRAVO GB
AUTO
Should it be absolutely necessary to carry a child on the front seat, the passenger’s
front air bag and the side bag (where provided) can be deactivated.
SAFETY
DEVICES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
IN AN
EMERGENCY
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
122
MANUAL DEACTIVATION OF
PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG
AND SIDE BAG (where provided)
fig. 17
F0Q0702m
DRIVER’S KNEES AIR BAG fig. 17
(where provided)
Knees air bag consists of an instant-inflating cushion housed into a special compartment provided for the purpose under
the steering wheel at driver’s knees level,
designed to give further protection in the
event of frontal crash.
The instrument panel warning light “ will
stay on glowing steadily until reactivating
passenger’s air bag.
WARNING
To deactivate the passenger’s front air bag and the
side bag (where provided), refer to
paragraphs “Multifunction display”
and “Reconfigurable multifunction
display” in section “Dashboard and
controls”.
Side bags protect car occupants from side
crashes of medium-high severity, by placing the cushion between the occupant and
the internal parts of the side structure of
the car.
Non-activation of side bags in other types
of collisions (front collisions, rear shunts,
roll-overs, etc...) is not a system malfunction.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Side bags are not a replacement of but
complementary to the belts, which you
are recommended to always wear, as
specified by law in Europe and most nonEuropean countries.
fig. 18
F0Q0701m
SIDE BAGS (where provided)
They consist of two types of instant inflation cushions and are housed in the back
rests of the front seats fig. 18. The task
of the side air bags is to increase protection of the occupants’ chest in the event
of a side crash of medium-high severity.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The car is fitted with front side bags for
driver and passenger (where provided) for
protecting the chest and window bags
(where provided) for protecting front and
rear passengers’ head.
In case of side crash, an electronic control
unit, when required triggers the inflation
of the cushion. The cushion immediately
inflates, placing itself as a protection, between the occupant’s body and the structure that could cause injuries. Immediately after, the cushion deflates.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
SIDE AIR BAGS
(Side bag Window bag)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 123
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
123
10-05-2007
9:12
Pagina 124
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
105-128 BRAVO GB
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
Also in this case it is of vital importance to
wear the seat belts since in case of side
crash they guarantee proper positioning
of the occupant and prevent the occupants
to be pitched out of the car in case of violent crashes.
124
fig. 19
F0Q0703m
WINDOW BAGS
(where provided) fig. 19
They are “curtain” cushions located behind the side coverings of the roof and
covered by proper finishings, studied for
the head protection to offer the best protection to the front and rear occupants
in the event of side crash, thanks to the
wide cushion inflation surface.
In minor side crashes (for which the restraining action of the seat belts is sufficient), the air bags are not deployed.
Therefore the front side bags (where provided) are not a replacement of but complementary to the belts, which you are
recommended to always wear, as specified by law in Europe and most non-European countries.
IMPORTANT In the event of side crash,
you can obtain the best protection by the
system keeping a correct position on the
seat, allowing thus a correct window bag
unfolding.
IMPORTANT Do not wash seats with
pressurised water or steam (by hand or at
automatic seat washing stations).
WARNING
Do not hook rigid objects to
the coat hooks and to the
support handles.
WARNING
Do not cover the backrest of
front seats with trims or covers that are not suitable to be used
with side bags.
WARNING
Never rest head, arms and
elbows on the door, on the
windows and in the window bag area
to prevent possible injuries during inflation phase.
WARNING
Never lean head, arms and
elbows out of the window.
2) When the airbag inflates it emits a small
amount of dusts. These dusts are harmless and is not the beginning of a fire; then
the unfold cushion surface and the car interiors can be covered by a dusty remains:
this dust can irritate skin and eyes. In case
of contact, wash yourself using neutral
soap and water.
Every control, repair and replacement operations concerning the air bags must only be carried out c/o Fiat Dealership.
If you are having the car scrapped, have
the air bag system deactivated at a Fiat
Dealership first. If the car changes ownership, the new owner must be informed
of the method of use of air bags and the
above warnings and also be given this
“Owner Handbook”.
4) The triggering of pretensioners, front
air bags and front side bags is decided in
a differentiated manner, depending on the
type of crash. The failure to deploy one or
more of them does not mean that the system is not working properly.
SAFETY
DEVICES
3) Should an accident occur in which any
of the safety devices is activated, take the
car to a Fiat Dealership to have the devices activated replaced and to have the
system checked.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
1) The front air bags and/or front and
front side bags (where provided) may be
deployed if the car is subject to heavy
knocks or accidents involving the underbody area, such as for example violent
shocks, against steps, kerbs or low obstacles, falling of the car in big holes or sags
in the road.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
GENERAL WARNINGS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 125
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
125
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
105-128 BRAVO GB
126
10-05-2007
9:12
Pagina 126
WARNING
If when turning the ignition
key to MAR, the warning
light ¬ does not turn on or if it stays
on when travelling (together with the
message on the display) there could
be a failure in safety systems; in this
event air bags or pretensioners could
not trigger in case of impact or, in a
minor number of cases, they could
trigger accidentally. Contact Fiat
Dealership immediately to have the
system checked.
WARNING
Life and validity of pyrotechnic charge and coil contact
are indicated on the label located inside the lower oddment compartment. As this date approaches, contact Fiat Dealership to have them replaced.
WARNING
Never travel with objects on
your lap, in front of your
chest or with a pipe, pencil, etc. between your lips; injury may result in
the event of the air bag being triggered.
WARNING
If the car has been stolen or
an attempt to steal it has
been made, if it has been subjected to
vandals or floods, have the air bag
system checked by Fiat Dealership.
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
The front air bag is triggered
for shocks greater in magnitude than the pretensioners. For impacts between these two thresholds,
it is therefore normal that only the
pretensioners are triggered.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
WARNING
When the ignition key is
turned to MAR, the warning
light “ (with passenger’s front Air
bag on) turns on and flashes for few
seconds to remind that the passenger’s air bag will be deployed in a
crash, after which it should go off.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Remember that with the key
engaged and at MAR, even
with the engine not running, the air
bags may be triggered on a stationary
car if it is bumped by another moving
car. Therefore, never seat children on
the front seat even when the car is
stationary. On the other hand, remember that with the key at STOP
no safety system (air bags or pretensioners) is triggered in the event of an
impact; in this case, failure to come
into action cannot be considered as a
sign that the system is not working
properly.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 127
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:12
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
105-128 BRAVO GB
127
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
105-128 BRAVO GB
128
10-05-2007
9:12
Pagina 128
WARNING
The air bag does not substitute the seat belts, but only
increases their effectiveness. Moreover, since the front air bags do not
come into operation in the event of
front impact at low speed, side collisions, bumps from behind or overturning, in these circumstances the
occupants would only be protected
by the seat belts which must therefore
always be fastened.
CORRECT USE OF THE CAR
ENGINE STARTING ............................................................ 130
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 129
TOWING TRAILERS............................................................. 137
SNOW TYRES......................................................................... 139
SNOW CHAINS..................................................................... 139
CAR INACTIVITY ................................................................. 140
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS ................................. 135
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
USING THE GEARBOX ....................................................... 134
SAFETY
DEVICES
PARKING.................................................................................. 133
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:16
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
129-140 BRAVO GB
129
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATION MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
129-140 BRAVO GB
130
10-05-2007
9:16
Pagina 130
ENGINE STARTING
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR
PETROL VERSIONS
The car is fitted with an electronic engine
lock device: if the engine fails to start, see
the paragraph “The Fiat CODE system” in
section “Dashboard and controls”.
Proceed as follows:
The engine may be noisier than usual during the first seconds of operation, especially after it has not been used for a while.
This characteristic feature of the hydraulic
tappet system does not compromise functionality or reliability. This timing system
for petrol engines was adopted to limit
servicing.
❒ press the clutch pedal down to the
floor without touching the accelerator;
Engine starting is guaranteed up to a minimum temperature of –18°C (Italy and
Middle Europe) and –20°C (North Europe).
❒ pull up the handbrake;
❒ set the gear lever to neutral;
❒ turn the ignition key to AVV and let
it go the moment the engine starts.
If the engine does not start at the first attempt, return the ignition key to STOP
before repeating starting.
If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warning light Y remains (or the symbol on display) lit together with warning light U,
turn the key to STOP and then back to
MAR; if the warning light remains on, try
with the other keys provided with the car.
We recommend that during
the initial period you do not
drive to full car performance
(e.g.: excessive acceleration,
long journeys at top speed, sharp braking, etc.).
WARNING
Running the engine in confined areas is extremely dangerous. The engine consumes oxygen
and produces carbon monoxide
which is a highly toxic and lethal gas.
When the engine is switched
off never leave the ignition key
at MAR to prevent pointless
current absorption from draining the battery.
If you are still unable to start the engine,
perform the emergency start-up procedure (see “Emergency start-up” in section
“In an emergency”) and contact Fiat Dealership.
IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key
at MAR when the engine is off.
❒ set the gear lever to neutral;
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR. The
warning lights m and Y (or the symbol on display) on the instrument panel will turn on;
❒ wait for the warning lights Y (or the
symbol on display) and m to turn off.
The hotter the engine is, the quicker
this will happen;
❒ press the clutch pedal down to the
floor without touching the accelerator;
❒ turn the ignition key to AVV as soon
as warning light m turns off. If you
wait too long you will lose the benefit
of the work done by the glow plugs. Release the key as soon as the engine
starts.
If the engine does not start at the first attempt, return the ignition key to STOP
before repeating starting.
If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warning light Y on the instrument panel (or
the symbol on display) stays on, turn the
key to STOP and then back to MAR; if
the warning light remains on, try with the
other keys provided with the car.
If you still cannot start the engine, contact
Fiat Dealership.
The warning light m will
flash for 60 seconds at startup or during prolonged cranking to signal a fault in the glow
plug heating system. You can use the
car as usual if the engine starts but you
should contact a Fiat Dealership as
soon as possible.
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ Ensure that the handbrake is up;
IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key
at MAR when the engine is off.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Proceed as follows:
IMPORTANT With cold engine, the accelerator pedal shall be completely released while turning the ignition key to
AVV.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR
DIESEL VERSIONS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 131
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:16
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
129-140 BRAVO GB
131
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATION MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
129-140 BRAVO GB
132
10-05-2007
9:16
Pagina 132
HOW TO WARM UP THE
ENGINE AFTER IT HAS
JUST STARTED
(petrol and diesel engines)
Proceed as follows:
❒ Drive off slowly, letting the engine turn
at medium revs. Do not accelerate
abruptly;
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Turn the ignition to STOP while the engine is idling.
IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, you
should allow the engine to “catch its
breath” before turning it off by letting it
idle to allow the temperature in the engine compartment to fall.
WARNING
Remember that the servobrake and power steering
are not operational until the engine
has been started, therefore much effort than usual is required on the
brake pedal and steering wheel.
❒ Do not drive at full performance for the
initial kilometres. Wait until the coolant
temperature gauge starts moving.
EMERGENCY START-UP
If the instrument panel warning light Y
(or the symbol on display) stays on with
fixed light, contact Fiat Dealership.
Never bump start the engine
by pushing, towing or coasting
downhill as this could cause
fuel to flow into the catalytic
exhaust system and damage it beyond
repair.
A quick burst on the accelerator before turning off the engine serves absolutely no practical purpose, it wastes fuel
and is damaging especially to turbocharged engines.
The handbrake lever is located between
the two front seats.
❒ Stop the engine and engage the handbrake;
Pull the handbrake lever upwards until the
car cannot be moved.
❒ Engage a gear (first if the car is faced uphill or reverse if it is faced downhill) and
leave the wheels steered.
Block the wheels with a wedge or a stone
if the car is parked on a steep slope. Do
not leave the ignition key at MAR to prevent draining the battery. Always remove
the key when you leave the car.
Four or five clicks are generally enough
when the car is on level ground while nine
or ten may be required if the car is on a
steep slope or laden.
IMPORTANT If this is not the case, contact Fiat Dealership to have the handbrake
adjusted.
In cars fitted with front armrest, lift the
latter so that it does not hinder the handbrake engaging procedure.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Proceed as follows:
fig. 1
F0Q0628m
When the handbrake lever is pulled up
and the ignition key is at MAR, the instrument panel warning light x will turn
on.
To release the handbrake:
❒ slightly lift the handbrake and press release button A-fig. 1;
WARNING
Never leave children unattended in the car. Always remove the ignition key when leaving
the car and take it out with you.
❒ keep button A pressed and lower the
lever. Warning light x will turn off.
Press the brake pedal when carrying out
this operation to prevent the car from
moving accidentally.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
HANDBRAKE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
PARKING
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 133
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:16
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
129-140 BRAVO GB
133
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATION MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
129-140 BRAVO GB
134
10-05-2007
9:16
Pagina 134
USING THE GEARBOX
To engage the gears, press the clutch pedal fully and shift the gear lever into the required position (the diagram of gear position is shown on the knob fig. 2 and
fig. 3.
To engage 6th gear (1.416V, 1.4 T-JET and
1.9 Multijet 16V version ) press the lever
to the right to prevent engaging 4th gear
by mistake. A similar action is required to
shift down from 6th to 5th.
IMPORTANT The car can only be put into reverse gear when it has stopped moving completely. With the engine running,
before engaging the reverse, wait at least
2 seconds with the clutch pedal fully down
to prevent damage and grating of the
gears.
To engage reverse R from neutral, lift the
sliding ring A-fig. 2 or A-fig. 3 under the
knob and shift the lever to the right and
back.
fig. 2
F0Q0734m
WARNING
To change gears properly
you must push the clutch
pedal fully down. It is therefore essential that there is nothing under the
pedals: make sure the mats are lying
flat and do not get in the way of the
pedals.
fig. 3
F0Q0602m
Do not drive with your hand
resting on the gear lever as the
force exerted, even if slight,
could lead over time to premature wear on the gearbox internal
components.
The air conditioner is an additional load
which greatly affects the engine leading to
higher consumption (on average up to
+20%). When the temperature outside
the car permits it, use the air vents where
possible.
Roof rack/ski rack
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Car maintenance
Have checks and adjustments carried out
in accordance with the “Service schedule”.
Tyres
Check the pressure of the tyres routinely at an interval of no more than 4 weeks:
if the pressure is too low, consumption
levels increase as resistance to rolling is
higher.
Remove the roof rack or the ski rack from
the roof as soon as they are no longer
used. These accessories lower air penetration and adversely affect consumption
levels. When needing to carry particularly voluminous objects, preferably use a
trailer.
Electric devices
Use electric devices only for the amount
of time needed. Rear heated window, additional headlights, windscreen wipers and
heater fan need a considerable amount of
energy, therefore increasing the requirement of current increases fuel consumption (up to +25% in the urban cycle).
Spoilers
The use of non-certified aerodynamic
items may adversely affect air drag and
consumption levels.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Climate control
Do not travel with too much luggage
stowed in the boot. The weight of the car
(especially when driving in town) and its
trim greatly affects consumption and stability.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Here are some suggestions which may
help you to keep the running costs of your
car down and lower the amount of toxic
emissions released into the atmosphere.
Carichi inutili
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CONTAINING
RUNNING COSTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 135
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:16
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
129-140 BRAVO GB
135
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATION MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
129-140 BRAVO GB
136
10-05-2007
9:16
Pagina 136
DRIVING STYLE
Starting
Do not warm the engine with the car at
a standstill or at idle or high speed: under
these conditions the engine warms up
much more slowly, increasing electrical
consumption and emissions. It is therefore
advisable to move off immediately, slowly, avoiding high speeds. This way the engine will warm faster.
Unnecessary actions
Avoid accelerating when waiting at traffic
lights or before switching off the engine.
This and also double declutching is absolutely pointless on modern cars and also increase consumption and pollution.
Top speed
Fuel consumption considerably increases
with speed. Avoid superfluous braking and
accelerating, which cost in terms of both
fuel and emissions.
Acceleration
Accelerating violently increasing the revs
will greatly affect consumption and emissions: acceleration should be gradual and
should not exceed the maximum torque.
CONDITIONS OF USE
Cold starting
Short journeys and frequent cold starts do
not allow the engine to reach optimum
operating temperature. This results in a
significant increase in consumption levels
(from +15 to +30% on the urban cycle)
and emission of harmful substances.
Traffic situations and road
conditions
Rather high consumption levels are tied to
situations with heavy traffic, for example
in queues with frequent use of the lower
gears or in cities with many traffic lights.
Also winding mountain roads and rough
road surfaces adversely affect consumption.
Gear selection
As soon as the conditions of the traffic and
road allow, use a higher gear. Using a low
gear to obtain brilliant performance increases consumption.
In the same way improper use of a high
gear increases consumption, emissions an
engine wear.
Traffic hold-ups
During prolonged hold-ups (traffic lights,
level crossings) the engine should be
switched off.
The towing device should be fastened to
the body by specialised personnel according to any additional and/or integrative information supplied by the Manufacturer of
the device. The towing device must meet
current regulations with reference to
94/20/EC Directive and subsequent
amendments. For any version the towing
device used must match the towable
weight of the car on which it is to be installed.
IMPORTANT Supplementary electric
loads other than external lights (e.g. electric brake, electric winch, etc.) shall be
used with running engine.
For the electric connection a unified connector should be used which is generally
placed on a special bracket normally fastened to the towing device, and a special
ECU for external trailer light control shall
be installed on the car.
For the electrical connection, 7 or 13 pin
12VDC connection is to be used (CUNA/UNI and ISO/DIN Standards). Follow
the instructions provided by the car manufacturer and/or the tow hitch manufacturer.
IMPORTANT Electric brake or other device shall be used with running engine.
In addition to the electrical branches, the
car electric system can only be connected to the supply cable for an electric brake
and to the cable for an internal light,
though not above 15W. For connections
use the preset control unit with battery
cable no less than 2.5 mm2.
SAFETY
DEVICES
IMPORTANT NOTES
For towing caravans or trailers the car
must be fitted with a certified tow hook
and an adequate electric system. Installation should be carried out by specialised
personnel who release a special document
for circulation on the road.
Install any specific and/or additional rearview mirrors as specified by law.
Remember that when towing a trailer,
steep hills are harder to climb, the braking spaces increase and overtaking takes
longer depending on the overall weight.
Engage a low gear when driving downhill,
rather than constantly using the brake.
The weight the trailer exerts on the car tow
hook reduces by the same amount the actual car loading capacity. To make sure the
maximum towable weight is not exceeded
(given in the log book) account should be
taken of the fully laden trailer, including accessories and personal belongings.
Do not exceed the speed limits of the
country you are driving in. In any case do
not exceed 80 km/h.
Any electric brake (or electric winch, etc.)
should be supplied directly by the battery
through a cable with a cross section of no
less than 2.5 mm2.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
INSTALLING THE
TOW HOOK
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
TOWING TRAILERS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 137
WARNING
The ABS system with which
the car may be fitted does
not control the trailer braking system.
Drive with extreme care on slippery
roadbeds.
WARNING
Under no circumstances
should the car brake system
be altered to control the trailer brake.
The trailer braking system must be
fully independent of the car’s hydraulic system.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:16
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
129-140 BRAVO GB
137
10-05-2007
9:16
Pagina 138
Assembly diagram fig. 4
REAR AXLE
The hook should be fastened to the body
avoiding any type of drilling and trimming
of the rear bumpers that remains visible
when the hook is removed.
Existing hole
Existing holes
Full load
The tow-hook structure must be secured
at the points indicated with Ø with a total of 2 M8 bolts, 4 M10 bolts and 2 M12
bolts.
After fitting, screw holes shall be sealed to
prevent exhaust gas inlet.
Existing holes
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
129-140 BRAVO GB
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATION MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Ball to 94/20 EC standard
138
Existing
holes
Existing holes
fig. 4
F0Q0249m
For the type of tyre to be used, inflation
pressures and the specifications of snow
tyres, follow the instructions given in paragraph “Wheels” in section “Technical
specifications”.
The winter features of these tyres are reduced considerably when the tread depth
is below 4 mm. In this case, they should
be replaced.
IMPORTANT When snow tyres are used
with a max speed index below the one
that can be reached by the car (increased
by 5%), place a notice in the passenger’s
compartment, plainly in the driver’s view
which states the max permissible speed of
the snow tyres (as per EC Directive).
All four tyres should be the same (brand
and track) to ensure greater safety when
driving and braking and better driveability.
Remember that it is inappropriate to
change the direction of rotation of tyres.
WARNING
The max speed for snow
tyres with “Q” marking is
160 km/h; 190 km/h for tyres with “T”
marking and 210 km/h for tyres with
H marking. The Road Traffic Code
speed limits must however be always
strictly observed.
Use of snow chains should be in compliance with local regulations.
Snow chains should only be applied to the
driving wheels (front wheels).
Check the tension of the chains after the
first few metres have been driven. Use
snow chains with reduced size: for 195/65
R15” and 205/55 R16” tyres use snow
chains with reduced size with max protrusion beyond the tyre profile of 9 mm.
IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot be fitted to the space-saver spare wheel. So, if
a front wheel is punctured and chains are
needed, a rear wheel should be fitted to
the front of the car and the spare wheel
should be fitted to the rear.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Fiat Dealership will be happy to provide
advice concerning the most suitable type
of tyre for the customer’s requirements.
SNOW CHAINS
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Use snow tyres of the same size as the
normal tyres provided with the car.
Due to the snow tyre features, under normal conditions of use or on long motorway journeys, the performance of these
tyres is lower than that of normal tyres. It
is therefore necessary to limit their use to
the purposes for which they are certified.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
SNOW TYRES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 139
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:16
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
129-140 BRAVO GB
139
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATION MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
129-140 BRAVO GB
140
10-05-2007
9:16
Pagina 140
This way with two normal drive wheels,
snow chains can be fitted to them to solve
an emergency.
IMPORTANT Snow chains may not be
used on tyres type 225/45 R17 91V and
225/40 R18 92V since interference can be
generated with the surrounding components.
Keep your speed down
when snow chains are
fitted. Do not exceed
50 Km/h. Avoid potholes, steps
and pavements and avoid also to drive
for long distances on roads not covered
with snow to prevent damaging the car
and the roadbed.
CAR INACTIVITY
If the car is to be left inactive for longer
than a month, the following precautions
should be noted:
❒ park the car in covered, dry and if possible well-ventilated premises;
❒ engage a gear;
❒ check that the handbrake is not engaged;
❒ disconnect the battery negative terminal;
❒ clean and protect the painted parts using protective wax;
❒ clean and protect the shiny metal parts
using special compounds readily available.
❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber
windscreen and rear window wiper
blades and lift them off the glass;
❒ slightly open the windows;
❒ cover the car with a cloth or perforated plastic sheet. Do not use sheets of
non-perforated plastic as they do not
allow moisture on the car body to
evaporate;
❒ inflate tyres to +0,5 bar above the normal specified pressure and check it at
intervals;
❒ do not drain the engine cooling system.
IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch off
the car alarm with the remote control.
HILL HOLDER FAILURE .....................................................
149
143
144
144
144
144
145
145
145
146
146
146
146
147
147
148
148
149
GLOW PLUG WARMING .................................................
GLOW PLUG WARMING FAILURE ................................
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER ......................................
ABS SYSTEM FAILURE ..........................................................
EBD SYSTEM FAILURE .........................................................
CAR PROTECTION SYSTEM
FAILURE FIAT CODE............................................................
ALARM FAILURE ....................................................................
THEFT ATTEMPT...................................................................
LOW TYRE PRESSURE ........................................................
CHECK TYRE PRESSURE ...................................................
TYRE PRESSURE UNSUITABLE FOR SPEED .................
EXTERNAL LIGHTS FAILURE............................................
BRAKE LIGHTS FAILURE.....................................................
REAR FOGLIGHTS ................................................................
FRONT FOG LIGHTS...........................................................
LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR ........................
RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR ....................
SIDE/TAILLIGHTS AND LOW BEAMS............................
FOLLOW ME HOME ............................................................
MAIN BEAMS...........................................................................
CRUISE CONTROL .............................................................
POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD............
LIMITED RANGE ...................................................................
ASR SYSTEM ...........................................................................
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED ...................................................
SPORT FUNCTION ACTIVATION .................................
149
149
150
150
150
151
151
151
151
151
151
153
153
153
153
153
153
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
154
SAFETY
DEVICES
142
142
142
142
143
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
GENERAL WARNINGS ......................................................
LOW BRAKE FLUID..............................................................
HANDBRAKE ON .................................................................
BRAKE PAD WEAR ..............................................................
AIR BAG FAILURE .................................................................
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG/
SIDE BAGS DEACTIVATED.........................................................
SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED...........................................
LOW BATTERY CHARGE ..................................................
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE...........................................
EXHAUSTED OIL .................................................................
LOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL ..................................................
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER
STEERING FAILURE ...............................................................
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
ACTIVATION ........................................................................
ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE.................
INCOMPLETE DOOR LOCKING.....................................
BOOT OPEN...........................................................................
BONNET OPEN .....................................................................
GENERIC FAILURE INDICATION ..................................
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED ..................
FUEL RESERVE.........................................................................
EOBD/INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE .............................
ESP SYSTEM ............................................................................
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WA R N I N G L I G H T S A N D M E S S A G E S
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 141
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:17
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
141-154 BRAVO GB
141
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
141-154 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
9:17
Pagina 142
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
GENERAL WARNINGS
142
Turning on of warning light and/or symbol
is accompanied by specific message and/or
by buzzer sound where provided by instrument panel. These indications are
concise and cautionary and shall not be
considered as exhaustive and/or as an alternative to the specifications contained
in this Owner Handbook which shall always be read through carefully and thoroughly. In case of failure indication always
refer to the specifications contained
in this section.
IMPORTANT Failure indications displayed
are divided into two categories: very serious and less serious failures.
Very serious failures are indicated by a
repeated and prolonged warning “cycle”.
Less serious failures are indicated by a
limited warning “cycle”.
The warning cycle of both failure classes
can be stopped by pressing button
MODE. The warning light (or symbol on
the display) will stay on until eliminating
the fault.
x
LOW BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL (red)
HANDBRAKE ON (red)
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light turns on, but it should go off
after few seconds.
Low brake fluid level
The warning light turns on when the level of the brake fluid in the reservoir falls
below the minimum level, due to possible leak in the circuit.
The display will show the dedicated message.
WARNING
If the x warning light turns
on when travelling (together
with the message on the display) stop
the car immediately and contact Fiat
Dealership.
Handbrake on
The warning light turns on when the handbrake is on.
If the car is moving, a buzzer will also
sound.
IMPORTANT If the warning light turns on
when travelling, check that the handbrake
is not engaged.
d
BRAKE PAD
WEAR (amber)
The warning light (or the symbol on the
display) turns on if the front brake pads
are worn; in this case have them changed
as soon as possible.
The display will show the dedicated message.
IMPORTANT Since the car is fitted with
wear sensors for the front brake pads,
when changing them, check also the rear
brake pads.
The display will show the dedicated message.
WARNING
If when turning the ignition
key to MAR, the warning
light ¬ does not turn on or stays on
when travelling there could be a failure in safety systems; in this event air
bags or pretensioners could not trigger in case of impact or, in a minor
number of cases, they could trigger
accidentally. Contact Fiat Dealership
immediately to have the system
checked.
Warning light “ will come on when deactivating the passenger front air bag and
side bag (where provided). With passenger front air bag active, turning the ignition key to MAR, warning light “ will
turn on with fixed light for about 4 seconds and then it will flash for other 4 seconds. It shall then go off.
WARNING
The failure of the warning
light “ is indicated by the
turning on of warning light ¬. In addition the air bag system will deactivate automatically the passenger’s air
bags (front and side where provided).
Contact Fiat Dealership immediately
to have the system checked.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The warning light stays on glowing steadily if there is a failure in the air bag system.
“
FRONT PASSENGER
AIR BAG /SIDE BAGS
DEACTIVATED
(amber)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Turning the ignition key to MAR
the warning light turns on, but it should go
off after few seconds.
WARNING
The failure of the ¬warning
light is also indicated by the
flashing for more than the normal 4
seconds of the passenger’s front air
bag deactivated warning light “ . In
addition the air bag system will deactivate automatically the passenger’s air bags (front and side where
provided). In this event, warning light
¬ could not indicate safety systems
failures. Contact Fiat Dealership immediately to have the system
checked.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
AIR BAG FAILURE
(red)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 143
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:17
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
¬
10-05-2007
INDEX
141-154 BRAVO GB
143
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
141-154 BRAVO GB
144
<
10-05-2007
9:17
Pagina 144
SEAT BELTS
NOT FASTENED
(red)
The warning light turns on glowing steadily with car stationary and driver’s
seat belt not fastened correctly. The warning light will turn on flashing together with
the buzzer when, with car moving, front
seat belts are not fastened correctly.
The S.B.R. (Seat Belt Reminder) buzzer
can only be excluded by Fiat Dealership.
The system can be reactivated through the
set-up menu.
w
LOW BATTERY
CHARGE (red)
LOW ENGINE OIL
v PRESSURE (red)
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light (where
provided) turns on, but it should go out
as soon as the engine is started (with the
engine running at idle speed a brief delay
in going out is allowed).
Low engine oil pressure
If the warning light (or the symbol on the
display) stays on glowing steadily or flashing, contact immediately Fiat Dealership.
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light turns on, but it should go out
as soon as the engine is started.
EXHAUSTED OIL
(red) (Multijet versions
with DPF)
The display will show the dedicated message.
If the warning light v turns
on when the car is travelling
(together with the message on
the display), stop the engine
immediately and contact a Fiat Dealership.
The display will show the dedicated message.
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light (where
provided) turns on, but it should go off after few seconds.
The warning light (or the symbol on the
display) turns on when the oil level falls
below the preset limit. Restore the proper engine oil level (see “Checking fluid levels” in section “Car maintenance”).
The display will show the dedicated message.
If warning light v flashes,
contact Fiat Dealership as
soon as possible to have oil
changed and instrument panel warning light turned off.
g
Turning the ignition key to MAR
the warning light turns on, but it should go
off after few seconds.
If the warning light (or the symbol on the
display) stays on, you will not have steering assistance and the effort on the steering wheel will be increased, steering is
however possible. Contact Fiat Dealership.
The display will show the dedicated message.
“DUALDRIVE”
CITY ELECTRIC POWER
STEERING
ACTIVATION
(green or symbol
on the display)
The warning light (or the word CITY on
the display) turns on when the “Dualdrive” electric power steering is activated by pressing the relevant control button. Pressing the button again will turn off
the word CITY.
SAFETY
DEVICES
After the first indication, at each engine
starting the warning light v will go on
flashing for about 1 minute and then every
2 hours until oil is changed.
k
“DUALDRIVE”
ELECTRIC POWER
STEERING FAILURE (red)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The warning light with turn on flashing
when the system detects that the engine
oil is exhaust.
LOW ENGINE OIL
LEVEL (red)
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Exhausted oil
(Multijet versions with DPF)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 145
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:17
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
141-154 BRAVO GB
145
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
141-154 BRAVO GB
146
ç
10-05-2007
9:17
Pagina 146
ENGINE COOLANT
HIGH TEMPERATURE
(red)
Turning the ignition key to MAR
the warning light turns on, but it should go
off after few seconds.
The warning light turns on when the engine is overheated.
If the warning light comes on, proceed as
follows:
❒ normal driving conditions: stop the
car, switch off the engine and check
whether the water level in the reservoir is not below the MIN mark. Otherwise wait for few seconds to allow
engine cooling, then open slowly and
carefully the cap, top up coolant and
check whether its level is falling between MIN and MAX marks in the
reservoir. Check visually any leak and if
when restarting the warning light
comes on again, contact a Fiat Dealership.
❒ Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing trailer
uphill of fully laden car): decrease speed,
if the warning light stays on, stop the
car. Wait for 2 or 3 minutes leaving the
engine on and slightly accelerated to
further activate the circulation of the
coolant fluid, then switch the engine off.
Check proper coolant level as described previously.
IMPORTANT Under severe use of the
car, keep the engine on and slightly accelerated for few minutes before switching it
off.
The display will show the dedicated message.
´
INCOMPLETE DOOR
LOCKING (red)
The warning light (or the symbol on the display) turns on when
one or more doors are not properly shut.
The buzzer will sound when one or more
doors are open and the car is moving.
R
BOOT OPEN
The symbol (where provided)
on the display turns on when
the boot is not properly shut.
On certain versions the warning light ´
turns on instead.
S
BONNET OPEN
The symbol (where provided)
on the display turns on when
the bonnet is not properly shut.
On certain versions the warning light ´
turns on instead.
The display will show the dedicated message.
The display will show the dedicated message.
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light turns on, but it should go off
after few seconds.
Parking sensors failure
(where provided)
The warning light turns on when the diesel
particulate filter is clogged and the driving
conditions do not enable to activate automatically the reclaiming procedure.
The warning light (or the symbol on the
display) when a fault is detected to parking sensors.
Engine oil pressure sensor failure
The warning light (or the symbol on the
display) turns on when a fault is detected
to engine oil pressure sensor.
Twilight sensor failure
The warning light (or the symbol on display) turns on when a fault is detected to
the twilight sensor.
The display will show the dedicated message.
Speed limit exceeded
(only for Arabic countries)
The warning light (amber), or symbol on
the display (red), comes on when a speed
of 120 km/h is exceeded.
(amber)
(Multijet versions)
Tyre pressure monitoring
system failure (where provided)
The warning light (or the symbol on the
display) turns on when a failure is detected in the T.P.M.S. system (where provided).
Should one or more wheels without sensor be fitted, the instrument panel warning light will come on and stay on until
restoring initial conditions.
The display will show the dedicated message.
NOTE When one of the above faults occurs, contact your Fiat Dealership as soon
as possible.
To enable the cleaning procedure, keep
the car running until the warning light
turns off.
The display will show the dedicated message.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The warning light (or the symbol on display) comes on when the inertial fuel cutoff switch is triggered.
The warning light (or the symbol on the
display) on the dial turns on when the rain
sensor is faulty. Contact Fiat Dealership.
DIESEL PARTICULATE
h FILTER CLOGGED
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Inertial fuel cut-off switch
intervened
Rain sensor failure
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
GENERIC FAILURE
INDICATION
(amber)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 147
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:17
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
è
10-05-2007
INDEX
141-154 BRAVO GB
147
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
141-154 BRAVO GB
148
ç
10-05-2007
9:17
Pagina 148
FUEL RESERVE
(amber)
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light turns on,
but it should go off after few seconds.
The warning light turns on when about 8
litres fuel are left in the tank.
IMPORTANT The warning light flashes to
indicate a failure, contact Fiat Dealership
as soon as possible to have the system
checked.
U
EOBD/INJECTION
SYSTEM FAILURE
(amber)
Under normal conditions, turning
the ignition key to MAR, the warning light
turns on, but it should go off when the engine has started.
If the warning light stays on or turns on
when travelling, means a fault in the supply/ignition system which could cause high
emissions at the exhaust, possible lack of
performance, poor handling and high consumption levels.
The display will show the dedicated message.
In these conditions it is possible to continue driving without however requiring
heavy effort or high speed from the engine. Prolonged use of the car with the
warning light on may cause damages. Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
The warning light turns off if the fault disappears, but it is still stored by the system.
Petrol engines only
Warning light turning on flashing indicates
the possibility of damage to the catalyst.
If the light flashes, it is necessary to release
the accelerator pedal to lower the speed
of the engine until the warning light stops
flashing; continue the journey at moderate speed, trying to avoid driving conditions that may cause further flashing and
contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
If, turning the ignition key to
MAR, the warning light U
does not turn on or if it turns
on glowing steadily or flashing
when travelling (on certain versions together with the message on the display), contact Fiat Dealership as soon
as possible. Warning light U operation
can be checked by traffic agents by
proper equipment. Comply with laws
and regulations of the country where
you are driving.
On certain versions the dedicated message is displayed.
Warning light flashing when driving indicates that the ESP system is active.
*
The symbol * will turn on
when the Hill Holder system is
faulty. Contact Fiat Dealership
as soon as possible.
On certain versions warning
light á turns on as an alternative.
The display will show the dedicated message.
m
GLOW PLUG
WARMING FAILURE
(Multijet versions)
(amber)
Glow plug warming
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light turns on and it will go off
when glow plugs reach the preset temperature. Start the engine immediately after warning light turning off.
IMPORTANT With high ambient temperature, warning light stays on for very
short time.
Glow plug warming failure
The warning light turns on when there is
a failure in the glow plug warming system.
Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
The display will show the dedicated message.
SAFETY
DEVICES
If the warning light does not turn off or
stays on when travelling together with the
button led ASR, contact Fiat Dealership.
á
GLOW PLUG
WARMING
(Multijet versions)
(amber)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light turns on,
but it should go off after few seconds.
HILL HOLDER FAILURE
(amber)
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
ESP SYSTEM
(amber)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 149
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:17
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
á
10-05-2007
INDEX
141-154 BRAVO GB
149
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
141-154 BRAVO GB
150
c
10-05-2007
9:17
Pagina 150
WATER IN DIESEL
FUEL FILTER
(Multijet versions)
(amber)
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light turns on, but it should go off
after few seconds.
The warning light turns on when there is
water in the diesel fuel filter.
The display will show the dedicated message.
The presence of water in the
fuel circuit may cause serious
damage to the entire injection
system and cause irregular engine operation. If the warning light c
turns on (together with the message on
the display), contact Fiat Dealership as
soon as possible to have the system relieved. If the above indications come on
immediately after refuelling, water has
probably been poured into the tank:
turn the engine off immediately and
contact Fiat Dealership.
>
ABS SYSTEM FAILURE
(amber)
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light turns on,
but it should go off after few seconds.
The warning light turns on when the system is inefficient or unavailable. In this case
the braking system keeps its effectiveness
unchanged, but without the potential offered by the ABS system.
Caution is advisable and it is necessary to
contact Fiat Dealership.
The display will show the dedicated message.
x >
EBD SYSTEM
FAILURE
(red)
(amber)
The turning on at the same time of warning lights x and > with the engine running indicates an EBD system failure or
that the system is unavailable; in this case
heavy braking may cause the rear wheels
to lock before time, with the possibility of
skidding.
Drive with the utmost care to the nearest Fiat Dealership to have the system
checked.
The display will show the dedicated message.
THEFT ATTEMPT
(amber)
Car protection system failure Fiat Code
Turning the key to MAR the warning light
shall flash only once and then go off.
The turning on of the warning light (or the
symbol on the display) glowing steadily,
with the ignition key at MAR, indicates a
probable failure (see “Fiat Code system”
in section “Dashboard and controls”).
The display will show the dedicated message.
IMPORTANT The turning on at the same
time of warning lights U and Y (or symbol on display) indicates a failure of the Fiat CODE system.
If with the engine running the warning light
Y flashes, this means that the car is not
protected by the engine immobilising device (see “Fiat Code system” in section
“Dashboard and controls”).
Contact Fiat Dealership to have all the
keys memorised.
The display will show the dedicated message.
Theft attempt
The turning on of the warning light (or
symbol on display) indicates an attempt of
break-in. Contact Fiat Dealership as soon
as possible.
The display will show the dedicated message.
n
LOW TYRE PRESSURE
(where provided)
(amber-red)
CHECK TYRE
PRESSURE
(where provided)
(amber)
TYRE PRESSURE
UNSUITABLE FOR
SPEED
(where provided)
(amber)
Turning the ignition key to MAR the
warning light (where provided) will turn
on, but it should go off after a few seconds.
Low tyre pressure
The warning light (amber) or symbol on
the display (red) come on if the pressure
of one or more tyres drops below a preset threshold. In this way, the TPMS system notifies the driver by indicating that
the tyre/s is dangerously deflated and is
therefore probably punctured.
IMPORTANT Stop immediately with one
or more tyres flat, avoid braking sharply
and abrupt turns. Replace immediately the
punctured tyre with the space-saver spare
wheel (where provided) or repair the
puncture tyre using the proper kit (see
paragraph “If a tyre is punctured” in section “In an emergency”) and then contact
Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
SAFETY
DEVICES
The turning on of the warning light (or
symbol on display) indicates a failure in the
alarm system. Contact Fiat Dealership as
soon as possible.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ALARM FAILURE
(where provided)
(amber)
Alarm failure (where provided)
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CAR PROTECTION
SYSTEM FAILURE FIAT CODE
(amber)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 151
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:17
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
Y
10-05-2007
INDEX
141-154 BRAVO GB
151
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
141-154 BRAVO GB
152
10-05-2007
9:17
Pagina 152
Check tyre pressure
Tyre pressure unsuitable for speed
The warning light (or the symbol on the
display) turns on to indicate the flat tyre.
Should it be required to journey at a speed
higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at pressures values specified in paragraph “Inflation pressures”.
Should two or more tyre be flat, the display will show the indications corresponding to each tyre in sequence.
Restore proper inflation pressure values
as soon as possible (see paragraph “Cold
inflation pressures” in section “Technical
Specifications”).
If the T.P.M.S. system (where provided)
detects that the pressure of one or more
tyres is unsuitable for the current speed,
the warning light will turn on (together
with the message on the display) (see paragraph “Low tyre pressure” in this section)
and it will stay on until the car speed slow
downs below the preset threshold.
IMPORTANT In this case slow down immediately since tyre overheating could impair tyre performance and life beyond repair, and even make the tyre to blow-out.
WARNING
Strong radio-frequency noises could inhibit the regular
operation of the T.P.M.S. system.
This condition will be indicated by a
message (where provided). The warning message will go off automatically as soon as the radio-frequency
noise will stop to disturb the system.
The warning light (or the
symbol on the display) turns on
when one of the following lights is failing:
The symbol on the display
turns on when a failure at brake
lights (stop) is detected.
❒ side/taillights
The failure could be due to: blown bulb,
blown protection fuse or electric connection cut-off.
❒ brake lights or relevant fuse (see what
described for symbol T).
❒ rear fog lights
On certain versions warning light W turns
on as an alternative.
❒ direction indicators
❒ number plate lights.
The failure referring to these lights could
be: one or more blown bulbs, a blown
protection fuse or an electric connection cut-off.
The display will show the dedicated message.
4
REAR FOG LIGHTS
(amber)
5
FRONT FOG LIGHTS
(green)
The warning light turns on
when the rear fog lights are
turned on.
The warning light turns on
when the front fog lights are
turned on.
F
LEFT-HAND
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
(green - intermittent)
The warning light turns on when the direction indicator stalk is moved downwards or, together with the right indicator, when the hazard warning light button
is pressed.
D
RIGHT-HAND
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
(green - intermittent)
The warning light turns on when the direction indicator stalk is moved upwards
or, together with the left indicator, when
the hazard warning light button is pressed.
SAFETY
DEVICES
BRAKE LIGHTS
FAILURE (amber)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
T
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
FAILURE (amber)
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 153
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:17
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
W
10-05-2007
INDEX
141-154 BRAVO GB
153
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
141-154 BRAVO GB
154
3
10-05-2007
9:17
Pagina 154
SIDE/TAILLIGHTS AND
LOW BEAMS (green)
FOLLOW ME HOME
Side/taillights and low beams
The warning light turns on when side/taillights, parking lights or low beams are
turned on.
Ü
CRUISE CONTROL
(where provided) (green)
Turning the ignition key to
MAR the warning light turns on,
but it should go off after few seconds.
The warning light turns on when turning
the Cruise Control knurled ring to ON.
The display will show the dedicated message.
ASR SYSTEM
The ASR system can be turned off by
pressing the ASR OFF button. The display
will show the dedicated message to warn
the driver that the system is off; at the
same time the button led will turn on.
Pressing again the ASR OFF button will
turn off the button led and the display will
show the dedicated message to warn the
driver that the system is active again.
Follow me home
The warning light will turn when this device is active (see “Follow me home” in
section “Dashboard and controls”).
The display will show the dedicated message.
1
MAIN BEAMS (blue)
The warning light turns on
when the main beams are
turned on.
POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE
ON THE ROAD
This indication starts flashing and symbol ❄
is displayed when the outside temperature
reaches or falls below 3°C to warn the driver of the possible presence of ice on the
road.
The display will show the dedicated message.
LIMITED RANGE
The display will show the dedicated message to warn the driver that the cruising
range is less than 50 km.
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED
The display will show the dedicated message when the car exceeds the speed limit set on setup menu.
SPORT FUNCTION
ACTIVATION
The S symbol lights up on the instrument
panel when the same function is activated by pressing the relevant control button. The S symbol goes off when the button is pressed again.
IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED ................................................
157
QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT
FIX & GO automatic .............................................................
163
WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB ....................
167
IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT ..........................
170
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT...........................
175
IF A FUSE BLOWS .................................................................
178
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT ...................................................
188
JACKING THE CAR ..............................................................
189
TOWING THE CAR ............................................................
189
SAFETY
DEVICES
156
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ENGINE STARTING ............................................................
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
IN AN EMERGENCY
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 155
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:19
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
155
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
156
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 156
ENGINE STARTING
JUMP STARTING
If the battery is flat, it is possible to start
the engine using an auxiliary battery with
the same capacity or a little higher than
the flat one.
Proceed as follows fig. 1:
❒ Connect positive terminals (+ near the
terminal) of the two batteries with a
jump lead;
❒ With a second lead, connect the negative terminal (–) of the auxiliary battery
and to an earthing point E on the engine or the gearbox of the car to be
started;
fig. 1
F0Q0733m
IMPORTANT Do not directly connect the
negative terminals of the two batteries:
sparks could ignite the flammable gas from
the battery. If the other battery is fitted in
another car, prevent accidental contacts
between the metal parts of the two cars.
❒ Start the engine;
❒ When the engine has been started, remove the leads reversing the order
above.
If after a few attempts the engine does not
start, do not insist but contact the nearest Fiat Dealership.
Under no circumstances
should a battery charger be
used to start the engine: it
could damage the electronic
systems and in particular the ignition
and injection control units.
WARNING
Do not carry out this procedure if you lack experience;
if it is not done correctly it can cause
very intense electrical discharges. In
addition, the fluid contained in the
battery is poisonous and corrosive.
Avoid contact with skin and eyes. You
are also advised not to put naked
flames or lighted cigarettes near the
battery and not to cause sparks.
BUMP STARTING
Never bump start the engine (by pushing,
towing, or coasting downhill) as this could
cause fuel to flow into the catalytic exhaust system and damage it beyond repair.
IMPORTANT Remember that the servobrake and electrical power steering system are not operating until the engine is
started, a greater effort will therefore be
required to press the brake pedal or turn
the steering wheel.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
As an alternative to the Fix&Go kit, the
car can be provided (upon request) with
space-saver spare wheel or standard size
spare wheel; wheel changing and correct
use of the jack and space-saver spare
wheel call for some precautions as listed
below.
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
The space-saver spare wheel
(where provided) is specific
to your car, do not use it on other
models, or use the spare wheel of other models on your car. The spacesaver spare wheel shall only be used
in an emergency. It shall only be used
for the distance necessary to reach a
service point and the car speed shall
not exceed 80 Km/h. The spare wheel
has an orange sticker that summarises the main cautions for use and limitations. The sticker should never be
removed or covered. Never fit a wheel
cap on a space-saver spare wheel.
The sticker gives the following information in four languages: caution! For
temporary use only! 80 km/h max!
Replace by normal wheel as soon as
possible. Do not cover this label.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The car is provided with the “Quick tyre
repair kit Fix&Go automatic“: see the relevant instructions for use in next chapter.
WARNING
Alert other drivers that the
car is stationary in compliance with local regulations: hazard
warning lights, warning triangle, etc.
Any passengers on board should leave
the car, especially if it is heavily laden.
Passengers should stay away from oncoming traffic while the wheel is being changed. If parked on a slope or
rough surface, chock the wheels with
wedges or other suitable devices to
prevent the car from rolling.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
IF A TYRE IS
PUNCTURED
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 157
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:19
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
157
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
158
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 158
WARNING
When driving with a spacesaver spare wheel fitted, the
driving performance of the car
changes. Avoid accelerating or braking sharply, abrupt turns or fast cornerings. The life of the spare wheel
is approx. 3000 Km, after this distance it should be replaced with another of the same type. Never attempt to fit a conventional tyre on a
rim designed for use as a space-saver
spare wheel. Have the punctured
wheel repaired and refitted as soon
as possible. Two or more space-saver
spare wheels should never be used together. Do not grease the threads of
bolts before installing them: they
might slip out.
WARNING
The jack shall only be used
for changing wheels on the
car with which it is provided or on
cars of the same model. It must not
be used for other purposes such as for
instance raising cars of other models.
In no case should it be used for repairs
under the car. Incorrect positioning
of the jack may cause the jacked car
to fall. Do not use the jack for higher capacities than stated on its label.
Snow chains cannot be fitted to the
space-saver spare wheel. So, if a front
(drive) wheel is punctured and chains
are needed, a rear wheel should be
fitted to the front of the car and the
spare wheel should be fitted to the
rear. This way with two normal drive wheels, snow chains can be fitted
to them to solve an emergency.
WARNING
Fasten the wheel cap correctly to prevent the wheel
from coming free in motion. Never
tamper with the inflation valve. Never place tools between the rim and
tyre. Check and restore, if required,
the pressure of tyres and spare wheel
to the values given in section “Technical specifications”.
Pagina 159
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:19
B
❒ for versions with Fix&Go automatic or
take the tool kid from the luggage compartment;
Please note:
❒ the jack weight is 1,76 kg;
❒ the jack requires no adjustment;
❒ for versions with small spare wheel, unscrew the retaining device E-fig. 3, take
the tool kit F, place near to the wheel
to be replaced and then take the small
spare wheel G;
❒ the jack cannot be repaired: if it breaks
it must be replaced with a new genuine
jack;
❒ no tool other than its cranking device
may be fitted on the jack.
F0Q0393m
fig. 3
F0Q0392m
To change a wheel proceed as follows:
❒ Stop the car is a position that is not
dangerous for oncoming traffic where
you can change the wheel safely. The
ground should be flat and adequately
firm;
❒ turn the engine off and pull up the handbrake; engage first gear or reverse;
❒ use the handle A-fig. 2 to remove the
piece of stiff cover B; loosen the clamping device E-fig. 3;
❒ remove wheel hubcap H-fig. 4 (versions with steel rims) or remove the
hub cap (versions with alloy rims);
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 4
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
F0Q0732m
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 2
SAFETY
DEVICES
A
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
159
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 160
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
160
fig. 5
F0Q0394m
❒ using the wrench provided L-fig. 5
loosen the fastening bolts by about one
turn; if the car is fitted with alloy rims,
shake the car to facilitate removing this
rim from the wheel hub;
❒ work the jack crank M-fig. 6 to extend
it until the groove N on the upper part
of the jack is correctly inserted on the
lower profile P of the body in point Q
(at approx. 72 cm from the front wheel
centre or 75 cm from rear wheel centre);
fig. 6
❒ warn anybody nearby that the car is
about to be lifted. They must stay clear
and not touch the car until it is back on
the ground;
❒ fit the handle R-fig. 6 to operate the
jack and raise the car until the wheel
is a few centimetres from the ground;
F0M0395m
❒ undo the wheel bolts and remove the
wheel.
❒ make sure the contact surfaces between spare wheel and hub are clean
so that the fastening bolts will not come
loose;
fig. 7
F0Q0396m
❒ install the space-saver spare wheel
matching the holes S-fig. 7 with the
corresponding pins T;
fig. 8
F0Q0397m
REFITTING THE STANDARD
WHEEL
❒ using the wrench provided, fully tighten the four fastening bolts;
Following the procedure described previously, raise the car and remove the spare
wheel.
❒ work the jack handle R-fig.6 to lower
the car and remove the jack;
For versions with steel rim
❒ using the wrench provided, tighten up
the wheel bolts in a criss-cross fashion
following the sequence shown in fig. 8.
Proceed as follows:
❒ Make sure the contact surfaces between standard wheel and hub are
clean so that the fastening bolts will not
come loose;
❒ Fit the normal wheel matching the
holes S-fig. 7 with the corresponding
pins T;
❒ Place the cap near the wheel so that the
inflation valve can come through the
slot provided on the cap;
❒ Press the circumference of the cap,
starting from the parts nearest the inflation valve until it is inserted completely.
IMPORTANT Incorrect fitting may cause
the wheel cap to come off when the car is
travelling.
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ Using the wrench provided, fully tighten the bolts in the sequence shown in
fig. 8;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
❒ Lower the car and remove the jack;
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
❒ Using the wrench provided, tighten the
fastening bolts;
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 161
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:19
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
161
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 162
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
When you have finished
❒ Stow the space-saver spare wheel
G-fig. 10 in the space provided in the
boot;
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ Insert the partially open jack into the
container F and force it slightly into its
seat so that it does not vibrate when
the car is moving;
162
fig. 9
F0Q0217m
Versions with alloy rims
Proceed as follows:
❒ tighten pin A-fig. 9 in one of the holes
of the wheel hub fastening bolts;
❒ Insert the wheel on the pin and, using
the wrench provided, tighten the bolts
available. This is facilitated by the extension provided B;
❒ Loosen the pin A and tighten the last
fastening bolt;
❒ Lower the car and remove the jack;
❒ Using the wrench provided, fully tighten the bolts in the sequence shown
previously for the space-saver spare
wheel (see fig. 8).
❒ refit the hubcap.
❒ Put the tools back into their places in
the container;
❒ Stow the container complete with tools
on the spare wheel and secure everything with the clamping device E;
❒ Correctly reposition the boot stiff cover.
fig. 10
F0Q0392m
Pagina 163
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
QUICK TYRE REPAIR
KIT FIX & GO
automatic
The quick tyre repair kit includes fig. 11:
– filler hose B
– sticker C with caution “max. 80
km/h”, to be affixed in a visible position for the driver (instrument panel)
after repairing the tyre
❒ instruction brochure (see fig. 12), to
be used for prompt and proper use of
the quick repair kit and to be then
handed to the personnel charged with
handling the treated tyre
❒ compressor D including gauge and connections
❒ a pair of protection gloves located in
the side space of the compressor
❒ adapters for inflating different elements.
fig. 11
F0Q0510m
WARNING
Hand
the
instruction
brochure to the personnel
charged with treating the tyre repaired with the kit.
In the event of a puncture
caused by foreign bodies, it is
possible to repair tyres showing damages on the track or
shoulder up to max 4 mm diameter.
fig. 12
F0Q0511m
WARNING
Holes and damages on the
tyre side walls cannot be repaired. Do not use the quick tyre repair kit if damaging is due to running
with flat tyre.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
❒ bottle A containing sealer and fitted
with:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
The quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go automatic is located in the appropriate container in the boot .
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
9:19
WARNING
Repairs are not possible in
case of damages on the
wheel rim (bad groove distortion
causing air loss). Do not remove foreign bodies (screws or nails) from the
tyre.
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
163
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 164
IT SHOULD BE NOTICED THAT:
The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repair
kit is effective with external temperatures
between –20 °C and +50 °C.
WARNING
The compressor shall not be
operated for more than 20
minutes. Risk of overheating!. Tyres
repaired with the quick tyre repair kit
shall be used temporarily only.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
164
Do not throw away the cylinder and the sealing fluid.
Have the sealing fluid and the
cylinder disposed of in compliance with national and local regulations.
WARNING
The cylinder contains ethylene glycol. The cylinder contains latex: it can cause allergic reactions. It is harmful if ingested or inhaled and irritant for the eyes and in
case of contact. In case of contact
rinse immediately with water and
take off contaminated clothes. If
swallowed, do not induce vomit, rinse
out the mouth, drink a lot of water
and call the doctor immediately.
Keep away from children. This product must not be used by asthmatics.
Do not inhale vapours. Call the doctor immediately in case of allergic reactions. Keep the cylinder in the
space provided for the purpose and
far from heat. The sealing fluid has
limited life. Replace the cylinder if
sealer has run out.
fig. 13
F0Q0513m
INFLATING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Put on the protection gloves
provided together with quick
tyre repair kit.
❒ Pull up the handbrake. Loosen tyre
inflation valve cap, take out the filler
hose A-fig. 13 and screw the ring nut
B on the tyre valve;
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 165
❒ If after 5 minutes it is still impossible
to reach at least 1.5 bar, disengage compressor from valve and current outlet,
then move the car forth for approx. ten
metres in order to distribute the sealing fluid inside the tyre evenly, then repeat the inflation operation;
❒ If after this operation it is still impossible after 5 minutes to reach at least 1.8
bar, do not start driving since the tyre
is excessively damaged and the quick
tyre repair kit cannot guarantee suitable sealing, contact Fiat Dealership;
❒ If reaching the tyre pressure specified
in paragraph “Cold tyre inflation pressure” in section “Technical specifications”, start driving immediately;
fig. 15a
F0Q0017m
WARNING
Apply the sticker in a visible
position for the driver to indicate that the tyre has been treated with the quick tyre repair kit. Drive carefully especially when cornering. Do not exceed 80 km/h. Avoid
heavy braking and accelerating.
❒ after driving for about 10 minutes stop
and check again the tyre pressure; pull
up the handbrake;
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
F0Q0516m
IN AN
EMERGENCY
❒ make sure the compressor switch
E-fig. 15 is set to 0 (off), start the engine and fit plug D-fig. 14 into the cigar lighter outlet and then turn on the
compressor by setting switch E-fig. 15
to I (on). Inflate the tyre to the pressure specified in paragraph “Cold tyre
inflation pressure” in section “Technical specifications”. Check tyre pressure
on gauge F-fig. 15 with compressor off
to obtain precise reading;
fig. 15
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0Q0515m
INDEX
fig. 14
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
165
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
166
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 166
WARNING
If the pressure falls below 1.8
bars, do not drive any further: the quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go
automatic cannot guarantee proper
hold because the tyre is too much
damaged. Contact Fiat Dealership.
fig. 16
❒ if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read, restore proper pressure (with engine
running and handbrake on) and restart;
❒ drive with the utmost care to the nearest Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
It is of vital importance to
communicate that the tyre
has been repaired using the quick tyre
repair kit. Hand the instruction
brochure to the personnel charged
with treating the tyre repaired with
the kit.
F0Q0517m
fig. 17
F0Q0512m
FOR CHECKING AND
RESTORING PRESSURE ONLY
CYLINDER REPLACEMENT
PROCEDURE
The compressor can be also used just for
restoring pressure. Disconnect the quick
connection and connect it directly to the
tyre valve fig. 16; in this way the cylinder
is not connected to compressor and the
sealing fluid will not flow into the tyre.
To replace the cylinder proceed as follows:
❒ disconnect connection B-fig. 17;
❒ turn counter-clockwise the cylinder to
replace and raise it;
❒ fit the new cylinder and turn it clockwise;
❒ connect connection B to the cylinder
and fit the transparent tube A into the
proper space.
❒ Before changing a bulb check the contacts for oxidation;
❒ Burnt bulbs must be replaced by others of the same type and power;
❒ Always check the height of the headlight beam after changing a bulb.
WARNING
Modifications or repairs to
the electrical system (electronic control units) carried out incorrectly and without bearing the features of the system in mind can cause
malfunctions with the risk of fire.
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ When a light is not working, check that
the corresponding fuse is intact before
changing a bulb. For the location of fuses, refer to the paragraph “If a fuse
blows” in this section;
WARNING
Halogen bulbs contain pressurised gas which, if broken,
may cause small fragments of glass to
be projected outwards.
WARNING
Due to high voltage, the bulb
of (Bi-Xenon) gas-discharge
headlights must only be replaced by
experts: danger of death! Contact Fiat Dealership.
IMPORTANT The headlight inner surface
may be lightly misted over: this is not a
fault but a natural fact due to low temperature and the level of air humidity. It
will disappear as soon the headlights are
turned on. The presence of drops inside
the headlights means water infiltration,
therefore contact Fiat Dealership.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Halogen bulbs must be handled touching only the metallic part. If the transparent bulb
is touched with the fingers, its
lighting intensity is reduced and life of
the bulb may be compromised. If
touched accidentally, rub the bulb with
a cloth moistened with alcohol and allow to dry.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WHEN NEEDING TO
CHANGE A BULB
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 167
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:19
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
167
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 168
TYPES OF BULBS fig. 18
Various types of bulbs are fitted to your
car:
A All glass bulbs: these are pressed on.
Pull to remove.
B Bayonet type bulbs: press the bulb,
turn counterclockwise to remove this
type of bulb from its holder.
C Tubular bulbs: free them from their
contacts to remove.
D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb,
release the clip holding the bulb in
place.
F Gas-discharge bulbs (Bi-Xenon).
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
168
fig. 18
F0Q0391m
Power
Main beam headlights
E
H1
55W
Longlife dipped beam headlights
D
H1
55W
Gas-discharge low beam headlights (where provided)
F
D2R
35W
Front sidelights longlife
A
W5W
5W
Front fog lights (where provided)
E
H11
55W
Front direction indicators
B
PY24W
24W
Side direction indicators
A
WY5W
5W
Rear direction indicators
B
R10W
10W
Taillights/rear fog lights
B
P5/21W
5W/21W
Rear/stop positions
B
P5/21W
5W/21W
Third brake light (additional brake light)
A
W2.3W
2.3W
Reversing light
B
P21W
21W
Number plate light
A
W5W
5W
Front roof light
C
C10W
2x10W
Rear roof light (where provided)
C
C10W
10W
Glovebox light
C
C5W
5W
Boot light
A
W5W
5W
Courtesy mirror light (where provided)
C
C5W
5W
SAFETY
DEVICES
Type
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Figure 18
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Bulbs
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 169
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:19
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
169
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 170
IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT
BURNS OUT
For the type of bulb and power rating, see
“When needing to change a bulb”.
FRONT LIGHT UNITS fig. 19
The front light units contain the side/taillights, dipped beam, main beam and direction indicator bulbs.
fig. 19
The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit
as follows:
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS
A Sidelights / main beam headlights;
Gas-filled filament lamps
B Dipped beam headlights;
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
C Direction indicators.
❒ remove the protective cover B-fig. 19;
❒ release the bulb holder catch A-fig. 20;
❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of the
metallic part coincide with the grooves
on the reflector, reconnect the electrical connector B then hook the bulb
holder catch A;
INDEX
IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0Q0704m
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
170
❒ disconnect the electric connector B;
❒ remove the bulb C and replace it;
❒ refit the protective cover A-fig. 19
correctly.
fig. 20
F0Q0705m
Gas-discharge lamps (Bi-Xenon)
(where provided)
WARNING
Due to high voltage, the bulb
of (Bi-Xenon) gas-discharge
headlights must only be replaced by
experts: danger of death! Contact Fiat Dealership.
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 171
fig. 23
F0Q0708m
SIDELIGHTS
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS
DIRECTION INDICATORS
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
Front
❒ remove the protective cover A-fig. 19;
❒ remove the protective cover A-fig. 19;
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 21 counterclockwise and then withdraw it;
❒ release the bulb holder catch A-fig. 22;
❒ turn the protective cover C-fig. 19
counterclockwise;
❒ remove the bulb B and replace it;
❒ fit the new bulb, refit the bulb holder
A-fig. 21 and then refit the protective
cover B-fig. 19 correctly.
❒ remove the bulb C and replace it;
❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of the
metallic part coincide with the grooves
on the reflector, reconnect the electrical connector B then hook the bulb
holder catch A;
❒ refit the protective cover B-fig. 19 correctly.
❒ remove the bulb B-fig. 23 and replace
it;
❒ refit the protective cover A correctly.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
F0Q0707m
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 22
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0Q0706m
INDEX
fig. 21
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
171
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 172
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
172
fig. 24
F0Q0709m
Side
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ push the transparent cover A-fig. 24
to compress the internal catch B, then
remove the unit;
❒ turn the bulb holder C counterclockwise, remove the snap-fitted bulb D
and replace it;
❒ refit the bulb holder C in the lens by
turning it clockwise;
❒ refit the unit making sure the catch
clicks into place B.
fig. 25
F0Q0710m
FRONT FOG LIGHTS fig. 25
(where provided)
Contact Fiat Dealership to have front fog
lights replaced.
fig. 26
F0Q0714m
REAR LIGHT UNITS fig. 26
Rear light units contain taillights, direction
indicators and brake light (stop) bulbs.
The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit
fig. 26 as follows:
B taillights/brake light (double light);
C direction indicators.
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 173
F0Q0713m
fig. 30
F0Q0711m
fig. 31
F0Q0712m
REVERSING LIGHTS fig. 30
fig. 28
F0Q0739m
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Contact Fiat Dealership to have reversing
light bulbs replaced.
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
REAR FOG LIGHTS fig. 31
❒ open the tailgate then, slacken the two
fastening screws A-fig. 27;
Contact Fiat Dealership to have rear fog
light bulbs replaced.
❒ remove the light unit with both hands
as shown by the arrows in fig. 28;
❒ disconnect the electric connector and
remove the protective cover A-fig. 29
pressing the three catches and replace
the burnt out bulb.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 29
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0Q0715m
INDEX
fig. 27
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
173
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 174
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
fig. 33
fig. 34
F0Q0718m
fig. 35
F0Q0719m
❒ press the tabs C-fig. 33 and remove
the bulb holder;
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
IN AN
EMERGENCY
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0Q0751m
❒ remove the snap-fitted bulb and replace
it.
❒ refit cover A-fig. 32 and then close the
tailgate.
fig. 32
F0Q0716m
THIRD BRAKE LIGHT
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
❒ open the tailgate;
❒ remove cover A-fig. 32;
❒ remove the lens unit B-fig. 33 and disconnect the electric connector;
NUMBER PLATE LIGHTS
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
❒ work in the point shown by the arrow
and remove lens unit A-fig. 34;
❒ turn the bulb holder B-fig. 35 clockwise;
INDEX
❒ remove the bulb C and replace it.
174
Pagina 175
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT
BURNS OUT
FRONT CEILING LIGHT
To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:
❒ work in the points shown by the arrows and remove light A-fig. 36;
fig. 36
F0Q0720m
fig. 38
F0Q0723m
fig. 37
F0Q0721m
fig. 39
F0Q0722m
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
❒ open the protection lid B-fig. 37;
❒ replace bulbs C releasing them from
the side contacts; make sure that new
bulbs are correctly clamped between
contacts;
❒ re-close the lid B-fig. 37 and secure
light A-fig. 36 into its housing locking
it properly.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
For the type of bulb and power rating, see
“When needing to change a bulb”.
REAR CEILING LIGHT
Versions without sunroof
To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:
❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 38 levering in the point shown by the arrow;
❒ replace the bulb B-fig. 39 releasing it
from the side contacts making sure that
the new bulb is correctly clamped between the contacts.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:19
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
175
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 176
fig. 40
F0Q0741m
IN AN
EMERGENCY
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
176
fig. 42
F0Q0724m
BOOT LIGHT
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
❒ open the tailgate;
❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 42 levering in the point shown by the arrow;
❒ open the protection cover B-fig. 43
and replace the snap-fitted bulb;
fig. 41
F0Q0722m
Versions with sunroof
To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:
❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 40 levering in the point shown by the arrow;
❒ replace the bulb B-fig. 41 releasing it
from the side contacts making sure that
the new bulb is correctly clamped between the contacts.
fig. 43
F0Q0725m
❒ re-close the protective cover B on the
lens;
❒ refit the light A inserting it in its correct position firstly on one end and
then on the other until it clicks into
place.
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 177
COURTESY MIRROR
LIGHT (where provided)
❒ open the glovebox, then remove the
light unit A-fig. 44;
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ replace the bulb B releasing it from the
side contacts making sure that the new
bulb is correctly clamped between the
contacts.
❒ remove the bulb B levering in the
points shown by the arrows;
❒ open the mirror cover A-fig. 45;
fig. 46
F0Q0424m
❒ replace the bulb C-fig. 46 releasing it
from the side contacts making sure
that the new bulb is correctly clamped
between the contacts.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
F0Q0423m
IN AN
EMERGENCY
GLOVEBOX LIGHT
fig. 45
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0Q0726m
INDEX
fig. 44
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
177
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 178
IF A FUSE BLOWS
SAFETY
DEVICES
When a device does not work, check the
efficiency of its fuse: the conductor element A-fig. 47 must be intact. If not, replace the fuse with one of the same amp
rating (same colour).
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
The fuse is a protective device for the
electric system: it comes into action (i.e.
it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or improper action on the system.
178
WARNING
If a general fuse (MEGAFUSE, MIDI-FUSE, MAXIFUSE) cuts in, do not attempt any repair and contact a Fiat Dealership.
GENERAL
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
B: undamaged fuse
fig. 47
F0Q0220m
Never replace a fuse with
metal wires or anything else.
C: fuse with damaged filament.
To replace a fuse, use the pliers D hooked
to the fusebox on the dashboard.
WARNING
If a fuse blows again, contact
a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
Never replace a fuse with
another with a higher amp
rating, DANGER OF FIRE.
Before replacing a fuse, make
sure the ignition key has been
removed and that all the other services are switched off
and/or disengaged.
Pagina 179
Fuse box on the dashboard fig. 49
The vehicle fuses are grouped in three
control units:
To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box
on the dashboard, loosen the three fastening screw A-fig. 48 and remove the
cover B.
❒ instrument dashboard fuse control
unit;
SAFETY
DEVICES
FUSE LOCATION
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:19
❒ fuse control unit in engine compartment;
❒ fuse control unit in luggage compartment;
F0Q0727m
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
fig. 48
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
10-05-2007
fig. 49
F0Q0266m
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
179
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 180
Fuse box next to the battery fig. 51
To gain access to the fuse box next to the
battery, press the retainers A-fig. 50 and
remove the protection cover B.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
F0Q0498m
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
fig. 50
180
fig. 51
F0Q0026m
Pagina 181
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:19
Fuse box in the boot
(where provided) fig. 52
SAFETY
DEVICES
To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box
on the left side of the boot, open lid
A-fig. 53.
F0Q0747m
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
fig. 52
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
10-05-2007
fig. 53
F0Q0744m
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
181
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 182
FUSE SUMMARY TABLE
LIGHTS
FUSE
AMPERE
FIGURE
Right dipped beam (quartz-iodine headlights)
F12
7.5
49
Right dipped beam (Bi-Xenon headlights)
F12
15
49
Left dipped beam (quartz-iodine headlights)
F13
7.5
49
Left dipped beam (Bi-Xenon headlights)
F13
15
49
Reversing light
F35
7.5
49
Third stop light
F37
7.5
49
Rear fog light (driver’s side)
F53
7.5
49
Front fog light/Cornering light, RH
F09
7.5
51
Right main beam headlight
F14
7.5
51
Left main beam headlight
F15
10
51
Front fog light/Cornering light, LH
F30
7.5
51
182
(versioni
FUSE
AMPERE
FIGURE
F10
10
51
Engine diagnosis system secondary loads
(lambda sensor, canister solenoid valve, PDA system solenoid valve,
EGR solenoid valve, throttle solenoid valve, VGT solenoid valve,
glow plug warming control unit)
F11
15
51
Headlamp alignment correction system
(versions with gas discharge headlights)
F13
15
49
Headlight alignment correction system
(versions with halogen headlights)
F13
7.5
49
Engine control unit (NCM)
F16
7.5
51
Engine control unit (NCM)
F17
10
51
Engine control unit (NCM)
F18
10
51
Conditioner compressor
F19
7.5
51
Headlight washer motor pump
F20
20
51
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
Single-tone horn
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
COMPONENTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 183
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:19
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
183
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
184
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 184
COMPONENTS
FUSE
AMPERE
FIGURE
Fuel motor pump on tank
F21
15
51
Engine diagnosis system primary loads (injectors, ignition coils)
F22
15
51
Engine diagnosis system primary loads
(injectors, ignition coils, engine control unit for diesel versions)
F22
20
51
Braking system control unit (NFR) (electronic control unit, solenoid valves)
F23
30
51
Electric steering control unit (NGE)
F24
7.5
51
Remote switch coils on fuse box in engine compartment (CVM)/
Body Computer control unit (NBC)
F31
5
49
Hi-Fi system subwoofer
F32
15
49
Rear left power window
F33
20
49
Rear right power window
F34
20
49
Brake pedal control (normally closed contact NC)/
water in diesel fuel sensor/flow meter
F35
5
49
FUSE
AMPERE
FIGURE
F36
20
49
Brake pedal control (normally closed contact NA)/
Instrument panel (NQS)/gas-discharge lamp control units
on front headlights
F37
7.5
49
Sound system/Sound system presetting/Connect Nav +/Blu&Me System/
Alarm siren (CSA)/Alarm system on ceiling light/Internal cooling unit
system/Tyre pressure monitoring control unit
(CPP)/Diagnostic socket connector/Rear ceiling lights
F39
10
49
Heated rear window
F40
30
49
Electric door mirror defrosters/Defrosters on front nozzles
F41
7.5
49
Braking system control unit (NFR)/Yaw sensor (YRS)
F42
5
49
Windscreen wiper/Windscreen/rear window washer bidirectional
motor pump system on steering column stalk
F43
30
49
Current outlet/Cigar lighter
F44
15
49
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
Door opening system control unit (CGP)
(door opening/closing, safe lock, tailgate release)
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
COMPONENTS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 185
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:19
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
185
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
186
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 186
COMPONENTS
FUSE
AMPERE
FIGURE
Power sunroof motor
F46
20
49
Front power window (left side)
F47
20
49
Front power window (right side)
F48
20
49
Emergency control panel (illumination)/Central right and left branch
control panel (illumination, ASR switch)/
Controls on steering wheel (illumination)/Control panel on front
ceiling light (illumination)/Volumetric protection alarm system control
unit (deactivation)/Power sunroof (control unit,
control illumination)/rain sensor/daylight sensor on
driving mirror/Front seat warming activation controls
F49
5
49
Air bag control unit (NAB)
F50
7.5
49
Internal cooling unit system/Sound system presetting/
Connect Nav +/Blu&Me system control unit/Parking sensor
control unit (NSP)/Air quality sensor (AQS)/Automatic
air-conditioner/Electric door mirrors (moving, folding)/
Tyre pressure monitoring control unit (CPP)
F51
5
49
Rear window wiper
F52
15
49
Instrument panel (NQS)
F53
7.5
49
Left front seat heating/movement
F56
30
53
Right front seat heating/movement
F60
30
53
Left front seat heating/movement
F67
10
53
Right front seat heating/movement
F68
10
53
Free
F38
–
49
Free
F45
–
49
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
FIGURE
SAFETY
DEVICES
AMPERE
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
FUSE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
COMPONENTS
Pagina 187
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:19
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
187
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
188
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 188
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT
IMPORTANT The battery charging procedure is described only for information
purposes. This operation should be carried out by Fiat Dealership.
Charging should be slow at a low amp rating for 24 hours. Charging for a longer
time may damage the battery.
Charge the battery as follows:
❒ disconnect battery negative terminal;
❒ connect the charger cables to the battery terminals, observing the poles;
❒ turn on the charger;
❒ when you have finished, turn the charger off before disconnecting the battery;
WARNING
The liquid contained in the
battery is poisonous and corrosive. Avoid contact with the skin or
eyes. The battery should be charged
in a well ventilated place, away from
naked flames or possible sources of
sparks: danger of explosion and fire.
❒ reconnect battery negative terminal.
IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch the
electronic car alarm off with remote control (see “Alarm” in section “Dashboard
and controls”).
WARNING
Do not attempt to charge a
frozen battery: it must firstly be thawed, otherwise it may burst.
If freezing has occurred, the battery
should be checked by skilled personnel to make sure that the internal elements are not damaged and that the
body is not cracked, with the risk of
leaking poisonous and corrosive acid.
TOWING THE CAR
If the car is to be lifted, go to a Fiat Dealership which is equipped with the arm
hoist or workshop lift.
The tow ring provided with the car is
housed in the tool box under the boot
mat.
The car can only be jacked at the sides,
jack arms or workshop lift shall be placed
as shown in fig. 54.
TOW RING HOOKING
fig. 54
F0Q0729m
❒ release the cap operating the tab A-fig.
55-56;
❒ take the tow hook B from its support;
❒ tighten the ring on the rear or front
threaded pin.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Proceed as follows:
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
IMPORTANT For Sport versions, in case
of side lifting with workshop lifter, take
care to avoid damages to the spoilers.
SAFETY
DEVICES
JACKING THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 189
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:19
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
155-190 BRAVO GB
189
10-05-2007
9:19
Pagina 190
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
155-190 BRAVO GB
fig. 55
F0Q0730m
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
B
190
fig. 56
WARNING
Before starting to tow, turn
the ignition key to MAR and
then to STOP. Do not remove the
key. If the key is removed, the steering lock engages automatically resulting in the impossibility to steer the
wheels.
F0Q0731m
WARNING
When towing, remember
that without the help of the
servobrake and power steering, a
greater effort is required on the pedal and steering wheel. Do not use
flexible cables for towing and avoid
jerks. During towing operations make
sure that fastening the joint to the car
does not damage the components in
contact with it. When towing the car,
you must comply with the specific
traffic regulations regarding the tow
ring and how to tow on the road.
WARNING
Do not start the engine
when towing the car.
WARNING
Before fitting the hook,
clean accurately its threaded seat. Before starting to tow, make
sure to have tighten the hook.
SERVICE SCHEDULE.............................................................
193
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ..............................................
195
HEAVY-DUTY ........................................................................
195
CHECKING FLUID LEVELS.................................................
196
AIR CLEANER/POLLEN FILTER .......................................
201
BATTERY ..................................................................................
202
WHEELS AND TYRES ..........................................................
204
RUBBER HOSES......................................................................
205
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WIPERS....................
206
BODYWORK ..........................................................................
208
INTERIORS .............................................................................
210
SAFETY
DEVICES
192
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SCHEDULED SERVICING .................................................
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CAR MAINTENANCE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 191
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:21
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
191-212 BRAVO GB
191
Pagina 192
SCHEDULED SERVICING
This is why Fiat has programmed a series
of checks and maintenance operations
every 30.000 km.
It is however important to remember that
scheduled servicing does not completely
cover all the car’s requirements: also in
the initial period before 30.000 km service
coupon and later, between one coupon
and another, ordinary care is still required
such as for example routine check and
topping up the level of fluids, tyre pressure
check, etc...
INDEX
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:21
SAFETY
DEVICES
10-05-2007
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
191-212 BRAVO GB
192
Correct maintenance is essential for ensuring long car life under the best conditions.
IMPORTANT The Programmed Maintenance coupons are specified by the Manufacturer. The failure to have them carried out may invalidate the warranty.
IMPORTANT You are advised to contact
Fiat Dealership in the event of any minor
operating faults, without waiting for the
next service coupon.
Scheduled Servicing is performed by all Fiat Dealership, at pre-established times.
If your car is used frequently for towing,
the interval between one service coupon
and the other must be reduced.
If during each operation, in addition to the
ones programmed, the need arises for further replacements or repairs, these may
be carried out only with the explicit agreement of the Customer.
SERVICE SCHEDULE
60
90
120
150
180
Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if necessary
●
●
●
●
●
●
Check lighting system operation (headlights, direction indicators,
hazard lights, luggage compartment lights, passenger
compartment lights, glove compartment lights, instrument
panel warning lights, etc.)
●
●
●
●
●
●
Check operation of windscreen wiper system and
adjust sprays if necessary
●
●
●
●
●
●
Check position/wear of front/rear windscreen wiper blades
●
●
●
●
●
●
Check condition and wear of front disc brake pads and
operation of pad wear indicator
●
●
●
●
●
●
SAFETY
DEVICES
30
●
Check conditions and wear of rear disc brake pads
●
●
Visually check that the following are in good condition
and intact: body exterior, under body protection,
pipe rigid and flexible sections (exhaust-fuel system-brakes),
rubber parts (gaiters, sleeves, bushes, etc.)
●
●
●
●
●
●
Check cleanliness of locks, bonnet, engine and boot,
clean and lubricate linkages
●
●
●
●
●
●
Check and top-up fluids (hydraulic brakes/clutch,
windscreen washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.)
●
●
●
●
●
●
Check and adjust handbrake lever travel
●
●
●
Check visually conditions of auxiliary drive belt/s
●
●
Visually check conditions of toothed timing belt
(1.4 16V, 1.4 T-JET,1.9 Multijet 8V versions)
●
●
Check and adjust tappet clearance (1.9 Multijet 8V version)
●
●
●
●
INDEX
Check tension and adjust auxiliary drive belt
(except for engines with automatic tensioners)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Thousands of km
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 193
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
9:21
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10-05-2007
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
191-212 BRAVO GB
●
193
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
191-212 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
9:21
Pagina 194
30
60
90
120
150
Check exhaust emissions (petrol versions)
Thousands of km
●
●
●
●
●
Check emissions/fumes (diesel versions)
●
●
●
●
●
●
Check operation of engine control systems
(by means of test interface)
●
●
●
●
●
●
Replace accessory drive belt/s
●
Replace toothed timing belt (petrol versions) (*)
●
Replace toothed timing belt (1.9 Multijet 8V versions) (*)
●
●
●
●
Replace toothed timing belt (1.9 Multijet 16V versions) (*)
Replace spark plugs (petrol versions)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Replace air filter cartridge (petrol versions)
●
●
●
●
●
●
Replace air filter cartridge (diesel versions)
Replace engine oil and oil filter (petrol versions)
(or every 24 months)
●
●
●
●
●
●
Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions without DPF)
(or every 24 months)
●
●
●
●
●
●
INDEX
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Replace fuel filter (diesel versions)
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
Check evaporation control system (petrol versions)
180
194
Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions with DPF) (**)
●
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)
Change pollen filter (or every 12 months)
(*)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Irrespective of mileage, the timing drive belt must be replace every 4 years for heavy duty applications, cold climates, town use, long
periods idling) or at least every 5 years.
(**) The engine oil and oil filter should be changed depending on their actual condition, which is indicated by a warning light/message on the
control panel or at least every 2 years.
For 1.4 T-JET 150 HP version, in order to ensure correct operation and avoid significant damages to the engine, it is mandatory:
- to use spark plugs specifically certified for the T-JET engine only, of the same type and brand (see paragraph “Engine”);
- to replace the plugs as often as required by the Programmed Maintenance Plan;
- we recommend to refer to the Fiat Dealership.
If the car is used mainly on urban routes or if the yearly kilometres travelled are less than 10,000 km, the engine oil and filter must be changed every 12 months.
❒ brake fluid level;
❒ windscreen washer fluid level;
❒ tyre pressure and conditions;
❒ light system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, etc.);
❒ windscreen wiper/washer operation
and windscreen/rear window blade
position/wear;
Every 3,000 km check and top up if required: engine oil level.
You are recommended to use FL Selenia, products, designed and produced
specifically for Fiat cars (see table “Capacities” in section “Technical specifications”).
❒ trailer or caravan towing;
❒ dusty roads;
❒ short distances (less than 7-8 km) repeated and with external temperatures below zero;
❒ frequently idling engines or long distance low speed driving (e.g. door-todoor deliveries) or in case of a long
term inactivity;
❒ sight inspect the conditions of: engine,
gearbox, transmission, pipes and hoses
(exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts
(boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.);
❒ check battery charge and fluid level
(electrolyte) (only to be carried out by
skilled personnel or at Fiat Dealership
– see also paragraph “Battery” in this
section);
❒ visual check on various drive belt conditions;
❒ driving in the city;
❒ check and replace pollen filter, if required;
carry out the following checks more frequently than required in the Service
Schedule:
❒ check and replace air cleaner, if required.
❒ check front disk brake pad conditions
and wear;
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ engine coolant fluid level;
Should prevailing use of the car be under
one of the following specially heavy conditions:
❒ check cleanness of locks, bonnet and
boot and lever cleanness and lubrication;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Every 1,000 km or before long journeys,
check and top up if required:
HEAVY-DUTY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
ROUTINE
MAINTENANCE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 195
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:21
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
191-212 BRAVO GB
195
10-05-2007
9:21
Pagina 196
CHECKING
FLUID LEVELS
When topping up take care
not to confuse the various
types of fluids: they are all incompatible with one another
and could seriously damage the car.
WARNING
Never smoke while working
in the engine compartment;
gas and inflammable vapours may be
present, with the risk of fire.
fig. 1 - 1.4 16V version
F0Q0616m
INDEX
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
191-212 BRAVO GB
1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid
4 Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant
fig. 2 - 1.4 T-JET version
196
F0Q0024m
10-05-2007
9:21
Pagina 197
1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid
4 Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant
F0Q0615m
IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 3 - 1.9 Multijet 8V version
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
3
1
1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid
4 Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant
2
INDEX
5
4
fig. 4 - 1.9 Multijet 16V 16V version
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
191-212 BRAVO GB
F0Q0618m
197
10-05-2007
9:21
Pagina 198
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
191-212 BRAVO GB
B
fig. 5 - 1.4 16V version
F0Q0665m
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
A
IN AN
EMERGENCY
INDEX
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0Q0620m
F0Q0025m
ENGINE OIL fig. 5-6-7-8
Checking engine oil
Check the oil level a few minutes (about
5) after the engine has stopped, with the
car parked on level ground.
Remove the dipstick A and clean it, put
it back in completely, remove it and check
that the level is within the MIN and MAX
marks on the dipstick. The interval between the MIN and MAX marks corresponds to about one litre of oil.
fig. 8 - 1.9 Multijet 16V version
F0Q0621m
Topping up engine oil
Engine oil consumption
If the oil level is near or even below the
MIN mark, add oil through the filler neck
B, until reaching the MAX mark.
Max engine oil consumption is usually 400
grams every 1000 km.
Oil level shall never exceed the MAX
mark.
fig. 6 - 1.4 T-JET version
198
fig. 7 - 1.9 Multijet 8V version
IMPORTANT If a routine check reveals
that the oil level is above the MAX mark,
contact Fiat Dealership to have the correct level restored.
IMPORTANT After adding or changing
the oil, let the engine turn over for a few
seconds and wait a few minutes after turning it off before you check the level.
When the car is new, the engine needs
to run in, therefore the engine oil consumption can only be considered stabilised
after the first 5000 - 6000 km.
IMPORTANT The oil consumption depends on driving style and the conditions
under which the car is used.
IMPORTANT Do not add oil with specifications other than that already in the engine.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 199
F0Q0617m
ENGINE COOLANT FLUID
fig. 9-10
Used engine oil and filter contain harmful substances for
the environment. Contact Fiat Dealership to have the oil
and filter changed.
The coolant level shall be checked with
cold engine and shall not be lower than
the MIN mark on the reservoir.
If the level is low, pour slowly a mixture
of 50% distilled water and 50%
PARAFLUUP of the FL Selenia through
the filler neck A.
A 50-50 mixture of PARAFLU UP and distilled water gives freeze protection to
–35°C.
For particularly hard climate conditions, we
recommend use of a 60% PARAFLU UP
and 40% demineralized water mixture.
fig. 10-1.4 T-JETand1.9 Multijet version F0Q0619m
The cooling system uses
PARAFLUUP antifreeze. Do
not add fluid having different
specifications from that already existing. PARAFLUUP cannot be
mixed with other types of fluids. Should
other fluids be added, do not start the
engine and contact Fiat Dealership as
soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not remove the reservoir
cap when the engine is hot:
you risk scalding yourself. The cooling system is pressurised. If necessary,
replace the cap only with another
genuine one, otherwise system efficiency could be compromised.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
fig. 9 - 1.4 16V version
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
WARNING
When the engine is hot, take
care when working inside the
engine compartment to avoid burns.
Remember that when the engine is
hot, the fan may cut in: danger of injury. Scarves, ties and other loose
clothing might be pulled by moving
parts.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:21
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
191-212 BRAVO GB
199
10-05-2007
9:21
Pagina 200
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
191-212 BRAVO GB
Check level through the reservoir.
INDEX
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
For versions fitted with headlight washer, remove the filter and the relevant dipstick. Use the dipstick to check the fluid
level inside the reservoir.
200
fig. 11
F0Q0666m
WINDSCREEN/REAR
WINDOW/HEADLIGHT
WASHER FLUID fig. 11
To top up, open the cap A and then pour
a mixture of water and TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35, in the following
concentrations:
❒ 30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC 35 and 70% water in summer;
❒ 50% di TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC 35 and 50% water in winter.
In case of temperatures below –20°C, use
undiluted TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC 35 fluid.
WARNING
Do not travel with the windscreen washer reservoir empty. The windscreen washer is fundamental for improving visibility.
fig. 12
F0Q0664m
BRAKE FLUID fig. 12
Unscrew cap A and check that the fluid
level in the reservoir is at maximum.
WARNING
Certain commercial additives for windscreen washers
are inflammable. The engine compartment contains hot components
which may set it on fire.
Fluid level in the reservoir shall not exceed
the MAX mark.
If fluid has to be added, it is suggested to
use the brake fluid in table “Fluids and lubricants” (see chapter “Technical specifications”). When opening cap A take the
utmost care to prevent impurities entering the tank.
For topping up, always use a funnel with
integrated filter with mesh equal to or
lower than 0.12 mm.
water.
WARNING
Symbol π, on the container
indicates synthetic brake fluid, distinguishing it from the mineral
kind. Using mineral fluids irreversibly
damages the special braking system
rubber seals.
Air cleaner or pollen filter replacement
shall be carried out at Fiat Dealership.
SAFETY
DEVICES
AIR CLEANER/
POLLEN FILTER
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Make sure that the highly corrosive brake fluid does not drip
onto the paintwork; if it does,
wash it off immediately with
WARNING
Brake fluid is poisonous and
highly corrosive. In the event
of accidental contact, wash the parts
involved immediately with neutral
soap and water, then rinse thoroughly. Call the doctor immediately
if the fluid is swallowed.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs moisture. For this reason, if the car is mainly
used in areas with a high degree of atmospheric humidity, the fluid should be
replaced at more frequent intervals than
specified in the “Service schedule”.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 201
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:21
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
191-212 BRAVO GB
201
INDEX
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
191-212 BRAVO GB
202
10-05-2007
9:21
Pagina 202
BATTERY
The battery is of the “Limited maintenance” type: under normal conditions of
use the electrolyte does not need topping
up with distilled water.
However, to make sure that it is in efficient conditions at routine intervals have
it checked at Fiat Dealership only.
WARNING
The liquid in the battery is
poisonous and corrosive.
Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Do
not bring naked flames or possible
sources of sparks near to the battery:
risk of fire and explosion.
WARNING
Running the battery with
low fluid level can damage
the battery beyond repair and could
also cause its explosion.
REPLACING THE BATTERY
If required, replace the battery with a genuine spare part having the same specifications.
If a battery with different specifications is
fitted, the service intervals given in the
“Service schedule” in this section will no
longer be valid.
Refer to the instructions provided by the
battery manufacturer.
Incorrect fitting of electrical
and electronic accessories can
seriously damage the car. If after buying the car, you want
to install electric accessories which require permanent electric supply
(alarm, free-hand phone kit, etc.) contact Fiat Dealership whose qualified
personnel, in addition to suggesting the
most suitable devices, will evaluate the
overall electric absorption, checking
whether the car electric system is capable of withstanding the load required, or whether it should be integrated with a more powerful battery.
Batteries contain substances
that are very harmful for the
environment. You are advised
to have the battery changed
at a Fiat Dealership, which is properly
equipped for disposing of used batteries respecting nature and the law.
WARNING
If the car is left inactive for
long periods at cold, remove
the battery and store it in a warm
place to prevent freezing.
WARNING
When working on the battery or near it, always wear
the proper goggles.
❒ the ceiling lights must be off. The car
is however provided with an automatic system for switching off internal
lights;
❒ do not keep accessories (e.g.: sound
system, hazard lights, etc.) switched on
for a long time when the engine is not
running;
❒ before performing any operation on the
electrical system, disconnect the battery negative cable;
❒ battery terminals shall always be perfectly tightened.
If after buying the car, you want to install
electric accessories which require permanent electric supply (alarm, etc.) contact Fiat Dealership whose qualified personnel, in addition to suggesting the most
suitable devices, will evaluate the overall
electric absorption, checking whether the
car’s electric system is capable of withstanding the load required, or whether it
should be integrated with a more powerful battery.
SAFETY
DEVICES
❒ when you park the car, ensure the
doors, tailgate and bonnet are closed
properly;
In fact, since these devices continue absorbing energy even when the ignition key
is off, they gradually run down the battery.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
To avoid draining your battery and lengthen its life, observe the following indications:
Moreover, this might lead to a higher risk
of the battery electrolyte freezing (this
may even occur at -10°C). If the car is inactive for a long period of time, refer to
“Car inactivity”, in section “Correct use
of the car”.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
USEFUL ADVICE
FOR LENGTHENING THE LIFE
OF YOUR BATTERY
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 203
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:21
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
191-212 BRAVO GB
203
INDEX
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
191-212 BRAVO GB
204
10-05-2007
9:21
Pagina 204
❒ if a tyre is punctured, stop immediately and charge it to avoid damage to the
tyre, the rim, suspensions and steering
system;
WHEELS AND TYRES
Check the pressure of each tyre, including the spare, every two weeks and before
long journeys. The pressure should be
checked with the tyre rested and cold.
For the correct tyre inflation pressure, see
“Wheels” in “Technical specifications”
section.
Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyre
wear fig. 13:
A: normal pressure: tread evenly worn.
B: low pressure: tread particularly worn
at the edges.
C: high pressure: tread particularly worn
in the centre.
Tyres must be replaced when the tread
wears down to 1.6 mm. In any case, comply with the laws in the country where the
car is being driven.
fig. 13
F0Q0101m
IMPORTANT NOTES
❒ As far as possible, avoid sharp braking
and screech starts, etc. Be careful not
to hit the kerb, potholes or other obstacles hard. Driving for long stretches over bumpy roads can damage the
tyres;
❒ Periodically check that the tyres have
no cuts in the side wall, abnormal
swelling or irregular tyre wear. If any of
these occur, have the car seen to at a
Fiat Dealership;
❒ avoid overloading the car when travelling: this may cause serious damage to
the wheels and tyres;
❒ Tyres age even if they are not used
much. Cracks in the tread rubber are a
sign of ageing. In any case, if the tyres
have been on the car for over 6 years,
they should be checked by specialised
personnel, to see if they can still be
used. Also remember to check the
space-saver spare wheel;
❒ In the case of replacement, always fit
new tyres, avoiding those of dubious
origin;
❒ If a tyre is changed, also change the inflation valve;
❒ To allow even wear between the front
and rear tyres, it is advisable to change
them over every 10-15 thousand kilometres, keeping them on the same side
of the car so as to not reverse the direction of rotation.
WARNING
Never submit alloy rims to
repainting treatments requiring to use temperatures exceeding 150°C since the mechanical properties of the wheels could be impaired.
As far as the brake system and fuel rubber
hoses are concerned, carefully follow the
“Service schedule” in this section.
Indeed ozone, high temperatures and prolonged lack of fluid in the system may
cause hardening and cracking of the hoses,
with possible leaks. Careful control is
therefore necessary.
SAFETY
DEVICES
RUBBER HOSES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
WARNING
If the pressure is too low the
tyre overheats and this can
cause it serious damage.
WARNING
Do not cross switch the
tyres, moving them from the
right of the car to the left and vice
versa.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Remember that road holding
depends also on the correct
tyre inflating pressure.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 205
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:21
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
191-212 BRAVO GB
205
9:21
WINDSCREEN/
REAR WINDOW
WIPERS
BLADES
Pagina 206
Periodically clean the rubber part using
special products; TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35 is recommended.
Change the blades if the rubber edge is
warped or worn out. You should in any case
change them approximately once a year.
A few simple notions can reduce the possibility of damage to the blades:
❒ if the temperature fall below zero,
make sure that ice has not frozen the
rubber against glass. If necessary, thaw
using an antifreeze product;
❒ remove any snow from the glass: in addition to protecting the blades, this prevents effort on the motor and overheating;
❒ do not operate the windscreen and
rear window wipers on dry glass.
INDEX
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
10-05-2007
SAFETY
DEVICES
191-212 BRAVO GB
206
fig. 14
F0Q0662m
Changing the windscreen
wiper blades
Proceed as follows:
WARNING
Driving with worn wiper
blades is a serious hazard,
because visibility is reduced in bad
weather.
❒ raise the windscreen wiper arm and position the blade so that it forms an angle of 90° with the arm;
❒ press tab A-fig. 14 of the coupling
spring and remove the blade to be replaced from the arm;
❒ fit the new arm, inserting the tab into
the arm seat. Check for proper locking.
10-05-2007
9:21
Pagina 207
❒ raise the cover A-fig. 15 and remove
the arm from the car, slackening the nut
B that fastens it to the pivot pin;
❒ fit the new arm, positioning it correctly, and fully tighten the nut;
❒ lower the cover.
fig. 17
F0Q0660m
SPRAY NOZZLES
Rear window wiper fig. 17
Windscreen wiper fig. 16
Rear window washer jets are fixed.
If the jet of fluid is inadequate, firstly check
that there is fluid in the reservoir: see
“Checking fluid levels” in this section).
The nozzle holder is on the rear window.
Then check that the nozzle holes are not
clogged, if necessary use a needle.
The windscreen jets are fixed.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Proceed as follows:
F0Q0661m
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Changing the rear
window blade
fig. 16
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0Q0663m
INDEX
fig. 15
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
191-212 BRAVO GB
207
Pagina 208
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
9:21
BODYWORK
SAFETY
DEVICES
10-05-2007
The main causes of corrosion are the following:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
191-212 BRAVO GB
❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas, or
hot humid climates);
These include:
PROTECTION FROM
ATMOSPHERIC AGENTS
❒ Painting products and systems which
give the car particular resistance to corrosion and abrasion;
❒ atmospheric pollution;
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
On your Fiat Bravo, Fiat implemented the
best manufacturing technologies to effectively protect the bodywork against corrosion.
INDEX
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
Not to be underestimated is also the abrasive action of wind-borne atmospheric
dust and sand and mud and gravel raised
by other cars.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
❒ seasonal environment conditions.
208
❒ Use of galvanised (or pretreated) steel
sheets, with high resistance to corrosion;
❒ Spraying the underbody, engine compartment, wheelhouse internal parts
and other parts with highly protective
wax products;
❒ Spraying of plastic parts, with a protective function, in the more exposed
points: underdoor, inner fender parts,
edges, etc.;
❒ Use of “open” boxed sections to prevent condensation and pockets of moisture from triggering rust inside.
BODY AND UNDERBODY
WARRANTY
Your car is covered by warranty against
perforation due to rust of any original element of the structure or body. For the
general terms of this warranty, refer to
the Fiat Warranty booklet.
❒ remove the aerial from the roof to prevent damage to it if the car is washed in
an automatic system;
Paintwork does not only serve an aestethic purpose, but also protects the underlying sheet metal.
In the case of deep scrapes or scores, you
are advised to have the necessary touching up carried out immediately to avoid
the formation of rust. Use only original
paint products for touching up (see “Bodywork paint identification plate” in section
“Technical specification”).
Normal paint maintenance consists in
washing at intervals depending on the conditions and environment of use. For example, in highly polluted areas, or if the
roads are sprayed with salt, it is wise to
wash the car more frequently.
❒ wash the body using a low pressure jet
of water;
❒ wipe a sponge with a slightly soapy solution over the bodywork, frequently
rinsing with the sponge;
❒ rinse well with water and dry with a jet
of air or a chamois leather.
When drying, take particular care with the
less visible parts like door surrounds, bonnet and around the headlights where water may stagnate. The car should not be
taken to a closed area immediately, but left
in the open so that residual water can
evaporate.
Do not wash the car after it has been left
in the sun or with the bonnet hot: this may
alter the shine of the paintwork.
Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned in
the same way as the rest of the car.
Where possible, do not park under trees;
the resinous substance many species release give the paint a dull appearance and
increase the possibility of triggering rust
processes.
IMPORTANT Bird droppings must be
washed off immediately and thoroughly as
the acid they contain is particularly aggressive.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Paint
Detergents cause water pollution. Therefore the car
should be washed in areas
equipped for collecting and
purifying the liquid used in the washing
process.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
To wash the car correctly proceed as follows:
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
ADVICE FOR PRESERVING
THE BODYWORK
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 209
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:21
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
191-212 BRAVO GB
209
INDEX
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
191-212 BRAVO GB
210
10-05-2007
9:21
Pagina 210
Front headlights
Engine compartment
INTERIORS
IMPORTANT Never use aromatic substances (e.g.: petrol) or ketones (e.g.: acetone) for cleaning front headlight plastic
lens.
At the end of the winter the engine compartment should be carefully washed,
without directing the jet against electronic control units. Contact a specialised
workshop to have this done.
Periodically check that water is not trapped
under the mats (due to water dripping off
shoes, umbrellas, etc.) which could cause
oxidisation of the sheet metal.
Windows
IMPORTANT The car should be washed
with the engine cold and the ignition key
at STOP. After washing make sure that
the various protections (e.g. rubber caps
and various covers) have not been damaged or removed.
Use specific window cleaner product. Use
also clean cloths to avoid scratching the
glass or damaging the transparency.
IMPORTANT The inside of the rearscreen
should be wiped gently with a cloth in the
direction of the filaments to avoid damaging the heating device.
CLEANING SEATS AND FABRIC
AND VELVET PARTS
Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner to remove dust. Velvet is cleaned better if the
brush is moistened.
Rub the seats with a sponge moistened
with a solution of water and neutral detergent.
If the stain persists, use specific products,
carefully following the instructions for use.
IMPORTANT Never use spirit or alcoholbased products.
INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS
For routine cleaning of interior plastic
parts use a soft cloth moistened with water and neutral soap. Remove grease or
persisting stains using appropriate solventfree products designed to preserve appearance and colour of plastic components.
IMPORTANT Never use spirit or petroleum to clean the instrument panel.
WARNING
Never use flammable products like oil ether or rectified
petrol for cleaning car interiors. Electrostatic discharges generated by rubbing during cleaning operations could
cause fire.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Remove liquid or grease stains with a dry
absorbent cloth without rubbing. Then
wipe with a soft cloth or chamois leather
with water and neutral soap.
Fabric upholstery of your car
is purpose-made to withstand
common wear resulting from
normal use of the car. It is
however absolutely necessary to prevent hard and/or prolonged scratching/scraping caused by clothing accessories like metallic buckles, studs, “Velcro” fixings, etc. that stressing locally
the fabric could break yarns and damage the upholstery as a consequence.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Remove dried on dirt with lightly moistened chamois leather or cloth without
pressing too hard.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 211
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:21
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
191-212 BRAVO GB
211
INDEX
CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
191-212 BRAVO GB
212
10-05-2007
9:21
Pagina 212
REAL LEATHER TRIMMED
STEERING WHEEL/
GEAR LEVER/HAND BRAKE
These components shall only be cleaned
with water and neutral soap. Never use
spirit or alcohol-based products.
Before using special products for cleaning interiors, read carefully label instructions and indications to make sure they
are free from spirit and/or alcohol-based
substances.
If drops of the special products used to
clean the windscreen should fall on the
leather steering wheel/gear lever/handbrake, remove it immediately and then
wash effected area with neutral soap and
water.
IMPORTANT Take the utmost care when
engaging the steering lock to prevent
scratching the leather covering.
WARNING
Do not keep aerosol cans in
the car: they might explode.
Aerosol cans must never be exposed
to a temperature above 50°C. The
temperature inside the car exposed
to the sun may go well beyond that
figure.
ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS ..............
216
ENGINE ....................................................................................
217
FUEL FEED/IGNITION ........................................................
218
TRANSMISSION ....................................................................
218
BRAKES .....................................................................................
219
SUSPENSIONS.........................................................................
219
STEERING.................................................................................
219
WHEELS ....................................................................................
220
DIMENSIONS ..........................................................................
224
PERFORMANCE .....................................................................
225
WEIGHTS .................................................................................
226
CAPACITIES ...........................................................................
227
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS...............................................
228
FUEL CONSUMPTION ........................................................
230
CO2 EMISSIONS ....................................................................
231
RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL:
MINISTERIAL HOMOLOGATION ..................................
232
SAFETY
DEVICES
214
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IDENTIFICATION DATA ...................................................
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
T E C H N I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 213
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:11
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
16-05-2007
INDEX
213-236 BRAVO GB
213
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
213-236 BRAVO GB
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 214
IDENTIFICATION DATA
You are advised to note the identification
codes. The identification data stamped and
given on the plates and their position are
the following fig. 1:
❒ Model plate
❒ Bodywork paint identification plate
F0Q0736m
fig. 2
F0Q0029m
G Maximum vehicle weight on front axle.
The plate is to be found on the front crossmember of the engine compartment and
bears the following identification data:
H Maximum vehicle weight on rear axle.
B Homologation number.
L Body version code.
C Vehicle type code.
M Spare part code.
D Chassis number.
N Smoke opacity index (for diesel engines).
F Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded
with trailer.
INDEX
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
MODEL PLATE fig. 2
IN AN
EMERGENCY
❒ Engine marking.
fig. 1
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
❒ Chassis marking
214
E Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded.
I
Engine type.
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 215
ENGINE MARKING
It can be reached by sliding forth the lid
A-fig. 3.
BODYWORK PAINT
IDENTIFICATION PLATE fig. 4
The plate is applied inside the bonnet and
it bears the following data:
A - Paint manufacturer.
It bears the following data:
B - Colour name.
❒ car model (ZFA 198000);
C - Fiat colour code.
❒ chassis number.
D - Respray and touch up code.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
It is printed on the passenger compartment floor, near the right-hand front seat.
F0Q0100m
IN AN
EMERGENCY
CHASSIS MARKING
fig. 4
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
F0Q0667m
INDEX
fig. 3
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
Engine marking is stamped on the cylinder
block and includes the model and the
chassis number.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
213-236 BRAVO GB
215
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
213-236 BRAVO GB
216
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 216
ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS
Engine code
Bodywork version
1.4 16V
192B2000
198AXA1B 00
1.4 T-JET 150 HP
198A1000
198AXF1B 05
198AXF1B 05B (▲)
1.9 Multijet 8V
192A8000
198AXB1A 01 ()
198AXB1A 01C ()
198AXB1A 01B () (▲)
198AXB1A 01D () (▲)
1.9 Multijet 16V
937A5000
198AXC1B 02 ()
198AXC1B 02C ()
198AXC1B 02B () (▲)
198AXC1B 02D () (▲)
1.9 Multijet 8V ()
192B4000
198AXD1A 03 ()
198AXD1A 03C ()
198AXD1A 03B () (▲)
198AXD1A 03D () (▲)
1.9 Multijet 8V ()
192B5000
198AXE1A 04
198AXE1A 04C ()
198AXE1A 04B () (▲)
() Versions with DPF
() Versions without DPF
(▲) Versions with option of 18” tyres
() Versions for specific markets
1.4 T-JET
150 HP
1.9
Multijet 8V
1.9
Multijet 16V
Engine code
192B2000
198A1000
192A8000
937A5000
192B5000
192B4000
Otto
Otto
Diesel
Diesel
Diesel
Diesel
4 in line
4 in line
4 in line
4 in line
4 in line
4 in line
Cycle
Number and layout of cylinders
1.9
1.9
Multijet 8V (●) Multijet 8V (●)
Piston bore and stroke
mm
72.0 x 84.0
72.0 x 84.0
82.0 x 90.4
82.0 x 90.4
82.0 x 90.4
82.0 x 90.4
Total displacement
cm3
1368
1368
1910
1910
1910
1910
11
9.8
18
17.5
18
18
kW
HP
rpm
66
90
5500
110
150
5500
88
120
4000
110
150
4000
66
90
4000
85
115
4000
Nm
kgm
rpm
128
13
4500
206
21
2250
255
26
2000
305
31
2000
255
26
2000
255
26
2000
NGK
DCPR7E-N-10
NGK
IKR9F8
–
–
–
–
Unleaded
petrol
95 RON
(Specification
EN228)
Unleaded
petrol
95 RON
(Specification
EN228)
Diesel fuel for
motor vehicles
(Specification
EN590)
Diesel fuel for
motor vehicles
(Specification
EN590)
Diesel fuel for
motor vehicles
(Specification
EN590)
Diesel fuel for
motor vehicles
(Specification
EN590)
Compression ratio
Maximum power (EEC)
corresponding ratio
Maximum torque (EEC)
corresponding ratio
Spark plugs
Fuel
(●) Versions for specific markets
SAFETY
DEVICES
1.4 16V
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
GENERAL
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
ENGINE
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 217
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:11
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
16-05-2007
INDEX
213-236 BRAVO GB
217
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
218
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 218
FUEL FEED/IGNITION
Fuel feed
1.4 16V
1.4 T-JET 150 HP
1.9 Multijet 8V
1.9 Multijet 16V
Multipoint sequential
phased electronic injection
returnless system
Multipoint sequential phased
electronic injection with
turbosupercharger
and intercooler
Direct injection with
electronically controlled
Multijet “Common Rail”
turbosupercharger
and intercooler
TRANSMISSION
1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET 150 HP - 1.9 Multijet 16V
Gearbox
1.9 Multijet 8V
Six forward gears
and reverse
with synchromesh for
forward gear
engagement
Five forward gears
and reverse
with synchromesh for
forward gear
engagement
Clutch
Self-adjusting pedal
without idle
stroke
Self-adjusting pedal
without idle
stroke
Drive
Front
Front
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
213-236 BRAVO GB
Modifications or repairs to the fuel system that are not carried out properly or do not take the system’s technical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.
– front
Disc, self-ventilating
– rear
Disc
Parking brake
Controlled by hand lever, it works on the rear brakes
IMPORTANT Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency
at first braking.
SUSPENSIONS
1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET 150 HP - 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V
Front
McPherson independent wheels
Rear
Interconnected wheels with twisting axle
STEERING
1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET 150 HP - 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V
Rack and pinion with electric power steering
Type
Minimum steering cycle
m
SAFETY
DEVICES
Service brakes:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET 150 HP - 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
BRAKES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 219
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:11
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
16-05-2007
10.4 (11.0 with 18” alloy wheel option)
INDEX
213-236 BRAVO GB
219
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 220
WHEELS
RIMS AND TYRES
Attaining to the prescribed size, to ensure
safety of the car in movement, it must be
fitted with tyres of the same make and
type on all wheels.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless tyres
with radial carcass. The homologated tyres
are listed in the Log book.
IMPORTANT In the event of discrepancies between the information provided on
this “Owner handbook” and the “Log
book”, consider the specifications shown
in the log book only.
220
SPARE WHEEL
Pressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
213-236 BRAVO GB
IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubes
with Tubeless tyres.
WHEEL GEOMETRY
Front wheel toe-in measured from rim to
rim: – 1 ±1 mm.
The values refer to the car in running order.
F0Q0200m
fig. 5
UNDERSTANDING TYRE
MARKING fig. 5
Example: 195/65 R 15 91T
195 = Nominal width (S, distance between sidewalls in mm).
65 = Percentage height/width ratio
(H/S).
R
= Radial tyre.
15 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø).
91 = Load rating.
T
= Maximum speed rating.
R = up to 170 km/h.
Example: 6J x 15 H2 ET 31.5
S = up to 180 km/h.
6
= rim width in inches (1).
T = up to 190 km/h.
J
= rim drop center outline (side
projection where the tyre bead
rests) (2).
15
= rim nominal diameter in inches
(corresponds to diameter of the
tyre to be mounted) (3 = Ø).
U = up to 200 km/h.
H = up to 210 km/h.
V = up to 240 km/h.
W = up to 270 km/h.
Y = up to 300 km/h.
H2 = “hump” shape and number (relief
on the circumference holding the
Tubeless tyre bead on the rim).
Maximum speed rating
for snow tyres
ET 31.5 = wheel camber angle (distance
between the disc/rim supporting
plane and the wheel rim centre
line).
QM + S = up to 160 km/h.
TM + S = up to 190 km/h.
HM + S = up to 210 km/h.
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
UNDERSTANDING RIM
MARKING fig. 5
SAFETY
DEVICES
Q = up to 160 km/h.
Maximum speed rating
84 = 500 kg
85 = 515 kg
86 = 530 kg
87 = 545 kg
88 = 560 kg
89 = 580 kg
90 = 600 kg
91 = 615 kg
92 = 630 kg
93 = 650 kg
94 = 670 kg
95 = 690 kg
96 = 710 kg
97 = 730 kg
98 = 750 kg
99 = 775 kg
100 = 800 kg
101 = 825 kg
102 = 850 kg
103 = 875 kg
104 = 900 kg
105 = 925 kg
106 = 950 kg
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
60 = 250 kg
61 = 257 kg
62 = 265 kg
63 = 272 kg
64 = 280 kg
65 = 290 kg
66 = 300 kg
67 = 307 kg
68 = 315 kg
69 = 325 kg
70 = 335 kg
71 = 345 kg
72 = 355 kg
73 = 365 kg
74 = 375 kg
75 = 387 kg
76 = 400 kg
77 = 412 kg
78 = 425 kg
79 = 437 kg
80 = 450 kg
81 = 462 kg
82 = 475 kg
83 = 487 kg
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Load rating
Pagina 221
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:11
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
16-05-2007
INDEX
213-236 BRAVO GB
221
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
213-236 BRAVO GB
222
16-05-2007
10:11
VERSIONS
1.4 16V
1.9 Multijet 8V
1.4 T-JET 150 HP
1.9 Multijet 16V
Pagina 222
RIMS
TYRES
Standard tyres
Snow tyres
6J x 15 ET 31.5
195/65 R15 91H
195/65 R15 91T (M+S)
7J x 16 ET 31
205/55 R16 91H
205/55 R16 91T (M+S)
7J x 17 ET 31
225/45 R17 91V (*)
225/45 R17 91T (M+S)
6J x 15 ET 31.5
195/65 R15 91H
195/65 R15 91T (M+S)
7J x 16 ET 31
205/55 R16 91H
205/55 R16 91T (M+S)
7J x 17 ET 31
225/45 R17 91V (*)
225/45 R17 91T (M+S)
1
7 / J x 18 ET 35
225/40 R18 92V (*)
225/40 R18 92T (M+S)
6J x 15 ET 31.5
195/65 R15 91V
195/65 R15 91T (M+S)
7J x 16 ET 31
205/55 R16 91V
205/55 R16 91T (M+S)
7J x 17 ET 31
225/45 R17 91V (*)
225/45 R17 91T (M+S)
1
225/40 R18 92V (*)
225/40 R18 92T (M+S)
2
7 / J x 18 ET 35
2
SPACE-SAVER SPARE WHEEL
(where provided)
Rim
Tyre
(❍)
(❍)
7J x 16 ET 31
205/55 R16 91H (**)
(❍)
(❍)
7J x 16 ET 31
205/55 R16 91H (**)
(❍)
(❍)
7J x 16 ET 31
205/55 R16 91H (**)
(❍) On versions equipped with 195/65 R15 and 205/55 R16 tyres, a normal sized tyre may be ordered as an alternative to the small spare
wheel.
(*) Tyres cannot be fitted with chains.
(**) The 205/55 R16 91H tyre has the same characteristics of the spare tyre: the texts and the warnings contained in the paragraph “If a tyre
is punctured” are referred to the 205/55 R16 91H tyre.
IMPORTANT The use of 225/40 R18 92V tyres requires specific technical measures to be adopted. For this reason, this tyre may only be
ordered at the time of vehicle purchase. Do not install this tyre after vehicle purchase!
1.4 16V
1.9 Multijet 8V
1.9 Multijet 16V
1.4 T-JET 150 HP
STANDARD TYRES
Medium load
Full load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
195/65 R15 91H
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
205/55 R16 91H
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
225/45 R17 91V
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
195/65 R15 91H
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
205/55 R16 91H
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
225/45 R17 91V
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
225/40 R18 92V
2.6
2.6
2.9
2.9
195/65 R15 91V
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
205/55 R16 91V
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
225/45 R17 91V
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
225/40 R18 92V
2.6
2.6
2.9
2.9
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
When running at speed higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at full load inflation values.
T.P.M.S. system not available for tyre 195/65 R15 91H
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Size
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 223
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:11
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
16-05-2007
INDEX
213-236 BRAVO GB
223
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 224
DIMENSIONS
Dimensions are expressed in mm and refer to the car fitted with standard tyres.
The height refers to the car unladen.
Boot volume
Unladen boot volume
(V.D.A. standards) ...................... 400 dm3
with Cargo Box (where fitted) located in
the luggage compartment.
Extended boot volume with
rear seat back folded...................... 1175 dm3
with Cargo Box (where fitted) located in
the luggage compartment.
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
213-236 BRAVO GB
224
fig. 6
F0Q0003m
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
4336
974
2600
762
1498
1538
1530 ()
1792
1532
1524 ()
Track measurements may vary according to rim size.
() With 18” alloy wheel option.
Pagina 225
1.4 T-JET
150 HP
1.9 Multijet 8V
120 HP
1.9 Multijet 8V
90 HP (*)
1.9 Multijet 8V
115 HP (*)
1.9 Multijet 16V
179
212
194
174
190
209
(*) Versions for specific markets
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
1.4 16V
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Top admitted speed after initial car use in km/h.
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
PERFORMANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:11
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
16-05-2007
INDEX
213-236 BRAVO GB
225
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
213-236 BRAVO GB
226
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 226
WEIGHTS
1.4 16V
1.4 T-JET 150 HP
1.9 Multijet 8V
1.9 Multijet 16V
Kerb weight
(including all fluids, fuel tank
at 90% and with no optional)
1205
1275
1320
1360
Payload (*) including the driver:
510
510
510
510
Maximum admitted loads (**)
– front axle:
– rear axle:
– total:
1000
860
1715
1000
860
1785
1060
860
1830
1060
860
1870
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes:
– trailer without brakes:
1000
500
1300
500
1300
500
1300
500
Maximum load on roof (***):
80
80
80
80
Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes):
60
60
60
60
Weights (kg)
(*)
If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so that they comply with these limits.
(***) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg.
Recommended fuels and
genuine lubricants
litres
kg
litres
kg
Fuel tank:
including a reserve of:
57
8-10
–
–
57 ()
8-10 ()
–
–
Engine cooling system
– with climate control:
–
5.2
–
7.0
Engine sump:
Engine sump and filter:
2.75
2.9
2.4
2.55
4.4 ()
4.7 ()
3.8 ()
4.0 ()
SELENIA K P.E.
() SELENIA WR
1.87
2.4 (❍)
1.7
2.0 (❍)
1.76 (❏)
1.87 (ꔼ)
1.6 (❏)
1.7 (ꔼ)
TUTELA CAR TECHNYX
TUTELA CAR MATRYX (❍)
0.525
–
0.525
Gearbox/differential casing:
Hydraulic brake circuit
with ABS:
Windscreen /
rear window / headlight
washer fluid reservoir: (*)
–
3 (6)
–
3 (6)
–
Unleaded petrol
with no less than 95 R.O.N
(Specification EN228)
() Diesel fuel for motor vehicles
(Specification EN590)
Mixture of 50% demineralised water
and 50% PARAFLUUP (▲)
TUTELA TOP 4
Mixture of water and
TUTELA
PROFESSIONAL SC 35
(*) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.
(❏) Version 1.9 Multijet 8v
(ꔼ) Version 1.9 Multijet 16v
(❍) Version 1.4 T-JET 150 HP
(▲) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.
SAFETY
DEVICES
1.9 Multijet
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET 150 HP
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CAPACITIES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 227
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:11
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
16-05-2007
INDEX
213-236 BRAVO GB
227
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
Use
Oils for petrol
engines
Synthetic-based oils, grade SAE 5W-40
FIAT 9.55535-S2 qualification or ACEA C3 specification.
SELENIA K P.E.
As per Service
Schedule
Oils for diesel
engines
Synthetic-based oils, grade SAE 5W-40
FIAT 9.55535- N2 qualification.
SELENIA WR
As per Service
Schedule
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 228
SAFETY
DEVICES
10:11
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
16-05-2007
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
213-236 BRAVO GB
228
RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS
Fluid and lubricant specifications
for correct car operation
Genuine fluids
and lubricants
Change
intervals
For the correct function of the diesel versions with DPF use exclusively the original lubricant type. In emergency cases, where the
original product is not available, execute a fill up of only 0,5 lt. maximum and as soon as possible go to the Fiat Dealership.
In case of use of AE 5W-40 non original products, lubricants with minimum performances are accepted ACEA B4 for diesel engines; in this case optimal performances of the engine are not guaranteed.
The use of products with inferior characteristics compared to ACEA C3 and ACEA B4 could cause damage, not covered by the
guarantee, to the engine.
For particularly rigid climatic conditions ask the Fiat Dealership for the appropriate product from the Selenia range.
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85
that passes API GL-4 PLUS, FIAT 9.55550 specifications.
TUTELA CAR
TECHNYX
Mechanical gearbox
and differential
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85
that passes API GL-4 specifications
TUTELA CAR
MATRYX
Mechanical gearbox
and differential
Specifc grease to be used for constant-velocity joints with
low friction coefficient. N.L.G.I. 0-1 consistency.
TUTELA
STAR 700
CV joints
on differential side
Grease containing Molybdenum bisulphide for high
temperature appliances. N.L.G.I. 1-2 consistency.
TUTELA ALL STAR
CV joints on wheel side
Brake
fluid
Synthetic fluid, FMVSS n° 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925
SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956-01
TUTELA TOP 4
Brake and clutch
hydraulic controls
Protective
agent
for radiators
Protective with antifreeze action, red colour
based on inhibited monoethylen glycol and organic formula,
that passes CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications.
PARAFLUUP (●)
Radiator antifreeze proportion: 50% distilled water and
50% PARAFLUUP (❑)
Additive for
diesel fuel
Additive for diesel fuels with protective action for Diesel engines
TUTELA
DIESEL ART
To be used diluted
or undiluted
Windscreen/
rear window/
headlight
washer fluid
Mixture of alcohol and surfactants CUNA NC 956-11
TUTELA
PROFESSIONAL
SC 35
To be mixed with diesel fuel
(25 cc per 10 litres)
Lubricants
and greases for
transmissions
(●) IMPORTANT Do not add or mix fluids having different specifications from that already existing.
(❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.
SAFETY
DEVICES
Applications
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Genuine fluids
and lubricants
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Fluid and lubricant specifications
for correct car operation
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 229
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:11
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
Use
16-05-2007
INDEX
213-236 BRAVO GB
229
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 230
FUEL CONSUMPTION
The fuel consumption figures given in the
table below are determined on the basis
of the homologation tests set down by
specific European Directives.
The procedures below are followed for
measuring consumption:
❒ extra-urban cycle: frequent accelerating in all gears, simulating extraurban
use of the car; the speed varies between 0 and 120 km/h;
❒ combined consumption: is calculated weighing about 37% of urban cycle
consumption and about 63% of extraurban consumption.
IMPORTANT The type of route, traffic
situations, weather conditions, driving
style, general conditions of the car, trim
level/equipment/accessories, load, climate
control system, roof rack, other situations
that affect air drag may lead to different
fuel consumption levels than those measured.
❒ urban cycle: cold starting followed by
driving that simulates urban use of the
car;
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
213-236 BRAVO GB
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
Fuel consumption according to Directive 1999/100/EC (litres x 100 km)
230
1.4 16V
1.4 T-JET
150 HP
1.9 Multijet 8V
1.9 Multijet 8V 90 HP (●)
1.9 Multijet 8V 115 HP (●)
1.9 Multijet 16V
Urban
8.7
9.3
6.9
6.8
7.6
Extra-urban
5.6
5.8
4.3
4.2
4.5
Combined
6.7
7.1
5.3
5.2
5.6
(●) Versions for specific markets
Pagina 231
1.4 16V
1.4 T-JET 150 HP
1.9 Multijet 8V
1.9 Multijet 8V 90 HP (●)
1.9 Multijet 8V 115 HP (●)
1.9 Multijet 16V
158
167
139
137
149
(●) Versions for specific markets
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
CO2 emissions according to 1999/100/EC Directive (g/km)
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
The CO2 emission levels at the exhaust given in the following table refer to combined consumption.
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
CO2 EMISSIONS
IN AN
EMERGENCY
10:11
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
16-05-2007
INDEX
213-236 BRAVO GB
231
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
213-236 BRAVO GB
232
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 232
RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: Ministerial homologation
213-236 BRAVO GB
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 233
213-236 BRAVO GB
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 234
DASHBOARD
RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONS
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.
F0Q0005m
fig. 1
1. Adjustable and swivel air vent - 2. Side window air vent - 3. Front passenger air bag - 4. Adjustable and swivel air vents - 5. Hazard light switch - 6. External light stalk - 7. Instrument panel - 8. Windscreen/rear window wiper/trip computer stalk - 9. Bonnet
opening lever - 10. Fusebox access door - 11. Ignition key and ignition device - 12. Steering wheel locking/release stalk - 13. Driver’s air bag - 14. Driver’s knees air bag (where provided) - 15. Set of switches for front/rear fog lights and menu opening/setting
16. Controls for heating/ventilation/climate control - 17. Sound system controls - 18. Set of ON/OFF switches for electric power
steering and ASR system (where provided) - 19. Glovebox
234
213-236 BRAVO GB
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 235
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Versions with multifunction display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
D Rev counter
E Multifunction display.
F0Q0006m
On diesel versions the rev
counter end scale value is 6000
rpm.
fig. 2
Sport versions with multifunction
display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
D Rev counter
E Multifunction display.
F0Q0007m
fig. 3
RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONS
m c Warning lights fitted on diesel
versions only
m c Warning lights fitted on diesel
versions only
On diesel versions the rev
counter end scale value is 6000
rpm.
235
213-236 BRAVO GB
16-05-2007
10:11
Pagina 236
Versions with reconfigurable
multifunction display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
D Rev counter
RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONS
E Reconfigurable multifunction display.
m c Warning lights fitted on diesel
versions only
On diesel versions the rev
counter end scale value is 6000
rpm.
F0Q0008m
fig. 4
Sport versions with reconfigurable
multifunction display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
D Rev counter
E Reconfigurable multifunction display.
m c Warning lights fitted on diesel
versions only
On diesel versions the rev
counter end scale value is 6000
rpm.
236
F0Q0009m
fig. 5
Battery ...................................................
– jump starting ..................................
– recharge ..........................................
– replacement ....................................
Bodywork ..............................................
– bodywork versions .......................
Bonnet.....................................................
Boot ........................................................
Brake Assist ...........................................
Brakes .....................................................
Capacities .............................................
120
123
201
16
69
89
102
49
79
156
188
202
208
216
83
79
87
219
227
Car inactivity.......................................... 140
Car maintenance ............................
– scheduled servicing........................
– service schedule ............................
– heavy duty .......................................
– routine maintenance ....................
Carrying children safely .....................
Ceiling lights .........................................
Central door locking system ............
Checking fluid levels ............................
Child locks ............................................
Cigar lighter ..........................................
CO2 emissions .....................................
Code Card ............................................
Containing running costs ...................
Controls ................................................
Correct use of the car .................
Courtesy mirror light
(bulb replacement) ...........................
Cruise Control ...................................
Current outlet .....................................
191
192
193
195
195
112
63
75
196
75
69
231
10
135
65
129
Diesel particulate filter (DPF) .......... 104
Dimensions ........................................... 224
Dipped beam headlights .................... 55
Direction indicators
– activation ......................................... 55
– bulbs replacement ................ 171-172
Doors
– child lock .......................................... 75
– rear doors emergency
lock device ...................................... 76
DPF (diesel particulate filter) ........... 104
Dualdrive
(electric power steering) ................ 94
Engine codes/Bodywork versions ..
177
61
69
216
Engine compartment (washing) ....... 210
Engine starting .............................. 130-156
EOBD system ....................................... 91
ESP system ............................................ 88
Exterior lights (replacement) ........... 170
External lights ....................................... 55
........................................... 5
Dashboard and controls .............. 4
Daylight sensor .................................... 56
Fiat CODE system ............................. 8
Fix&Go automatic ............................... 163
Fluids and lubricants ........................... 228
Dashboard
SAFETY
DEVICES
Air bag
– front .................................................
– side ...................................................
Air cleaner/Pollen filter ......................
Alarm ......................................................
Ashtray ...................................................
ASR system ...........................................
At the filling station ............................
Automatic two-zone climate
control system ..................................
86
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ABS ........................................................
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
INDEX
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Pagina 237
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:23
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
INDEX
237-244 BRAVO GB
237
INDEX
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
SAFETY
DEVICES
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
237-244 BRAVO GB
238
10-05-2007
9:23
Pagina 238
oddment compartment.................... 70
Glove box light
(bulb replacement) ........................... 177
If an exterior light burns out ............
If the battery is flat ..............................
Ignition switch ......................................
In an emergency .............................
Installation of electric/electronic
devices .................................................
Instrument panel .................................
Instruments ............................................
Interior fittings .....................................
Interior lights ........................................
Interiors .................................................
Handbrake ...........................................
Jacking the car
Follow me home device .................... 56
Front/rear armrest ........................ 67-68
Fuel consumption ................................ 230
Fuel cut-off switch................................ 66
Fuel feed/Ignition ................................. 218
Fuel filler cap ........................................ 103
Fuse replacement ................................ 178
Glass holder/
Hazard lights .........................................
Head restraints ....................................
Headlight washer .................................
Headlights ..............................................
Heating and ventilation .......................
Heating and ventilation ......................
Heating/climate control system .......
Hill Holder system ..............................
Identification codes ............................
133
65
39
60
85
44
44
42
88
216
Identification data ................................ 214
If a fuse blows ....................................... 178
If a tyre is punctured .......................... 157
170
188
19
155
93
6
20
67
175
210
..................................... 189
Jump starting ......................................... 156
Keys
..................................................... 10
Load limiters
....................................... 109
Main beam headlights
.......................
Manual climate control system ........
MSR system ..........................................
Multifunction display ...........................
55
46
90
22
Number plate lights
(bulb replacement) ........................... 174
Oddment compartments .................
68
Paint
......................................................
Parking ...................................................
Parking lights .........................................
Parking sensors ....................................
Performance .........................................
Power windows ...................................
Pretensioners .......................................
Protecting the environment .............
Quick tyre repair
Kit Fix & Go automatic ..........
209
133
55
99
225
77
109
103
163
Radio transmitters
and cellular telephones ...................
Rain sensor ...........................................
Rear fog lights ......................................
Rear view mirrors ...............................
Rear window washer
– activation .........................................
– blades ...............................................
– nozzles .............................................
Rear window wiper
– activation ........................................
– blades ...............................................
– nozzles .............................................
Reconfigurable Multifunction
display ..................................................
93
58
65
41
60
206
207
57
206
207
23
14
108
105
106
37
210
37
38
38
S.B.R system .........................................
Safety devices ...................................
Seat belts ...............................................
Seats ........................................................
– cleaning ............................................
– manual adjustment ........................
– electrical adjustment ....................
– seat warming ..................................
Side lights
– activation ......................................... 55
– bulbs replacement ................ 171-172
Smart washing function ...................... 58
Snow chains .......................................... 139
Sound System ....................................... 92
Spark plugs ............................................ 217
Sport function ...................................... 95
Spray nozzles ........................................ 207
Steering .................................................. 219
Steering column lock .......................... 19
Suspensions ........................................... 219
Symbols ..................................................
8
T.P.M.S. system....................................
96
Technical specifications .............. 213
Third brake light
(bulb replacement) ........................... 174
Towing the car ..................................... 189
Towing trailers ..................................... 137
Transmission ........................................ 218
Trip Computer ................................... 35
Tyres
– replacement .................................... 157
– snow tyres ...................................... 139
– standard tyres ................................ 222
– tyre marking ................................... 220
– pressure............................................ 223
Using the gearbox
............................. 134
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
Sun visors .............................................. 71
Wheel geometry ................................. 220
Wheels and tyres ....................... 204-220
When needing to change a bulb ...... 167
Window washing ................................. 57
Windows (cleaning) ............................ 210
SAFETY
DEVICES
Sun roof ................................................. 72
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Safe lock device ..................................
Steering wheel ...................................... 40
232
234
221
84
205
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Remote control: ministerial
homologations ...................................
Right hand drive versions ............
Rim marking ..........................................
Roof rack/ski rack ...............................
Rubber hoses .......................................
Pagina 239
IN AN
EMERGENCY
9:23
TECHNICAL
CAR
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
10-05-2007
Isofix child restraint system .............. 117
Warning lights and messages ...
141
INDEX
237-244 BRAVO GB
Weights ................................................. 226
239
237-244 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
9:23
Pagina 240
PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE
AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE
For years now Fiat has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment through
the continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a view to
guaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligations imposed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Fiat offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle* at the end
of its life span without additional costs.
The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring
expenses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the
European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002
on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that the vehicle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials.
Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to our customers by de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of your
nearest authorised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Fiat web site
or call the toll free number 00800 3428 0000.
* Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t
237-244 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
9:23
Pagina 241
237-244 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
9:23
Pagina 242
237-244 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
9:23
Pagina 243
NOTES
237-244 BRAVO GB
10-05-2007
9:23
Pagina 244
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
STANDARD TYRES
Medium load
Full load
Front
Rear
Front
Size
1.4 16V
1.9 Multijet 8V
1.4 T-JET 150 HP
1.9 Multijet 16V
Rear
195/65 R15 91H
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
205/55 R16 91H
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
225/45 R17 91V
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
195/65 R15 91H
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
205/55 R16 91H
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
225/45 R17 91V
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
225/40 R18 92V
2.6
2.6
2.9
2.9
195/65 R15 91V
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
205/55 R16 91V
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
225/45 R17 91V
2.3
2.3
2.6
2.6
225/40 R18 92V
2.6
2.6
2.9
2.9
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
When running at speed higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at full load inflation values.
T.P.M.S. system not available for tyre 195/65 R15 91H.
ENGINE OIL CHANGE
1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET 150 HP
Fuel tank
Engine sump and filter
litres
kg
2.75
2.9
2.4
2.55
1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V
litres
kg
4.4
4.7
3.8
4.0
FUEL CAPACITIES (litres)
1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET 150 HP - 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V
Tank capacity
Reserve
57
8-10
Refuel petrol engines with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) no lower than 95 only (EN 228 Specifications)
Refuel diesel engines with diesel fuel for motor vehicles only (EN 590 Specifications)
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. - Quality - Assistenza Tecnica - Ingegneria Assistenziale - Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia) - Print N. 603.81.209 - 05/2007 - 1st Edition